/*
** 2014-09-21
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This SQLite extension adds a debug "authorizer" callback to the database
** connection.  The callback merely writes the authorization request to
** standard output and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** This extension can be used (for example) in the command-line shell to
** trace the operation of the authorizer.
*/
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#include <stdio.h>

/*
** Display the authorization request
*/
static int authCallback(
  void *pClientData,
  int op,
  const char *z1,
  const char *z2,
  const char *z3,
  const char *z4
){
  const char *zOp;
  char zOpSpace[50];
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX:        zOp = "CREATE_INDEX";        break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE:        zOp = "CREATE_TABLE";        break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX:   zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_INDEX";   break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE:   zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_TABLE";   break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER: zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW:    zOp = "CREATE_TEMP_VIEW";    break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER:      zOp = "CREATE_TRIGGER";      break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW:         zOp = "CREATE_VIEW";         break;
    case SQLITE_DELETE:              zOp = "DELETE";              break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_INDEX:          zOp = "DROP_INDEX";          break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TABLE:          zOp = "DROP_TABLE";          break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX:     zOp = "DROP_TEMP_INDEX";     break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE:     zOp = "DROP_TEMP_TABLE";     break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER:   zOp = "DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER";   break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW:      zOp = "DROP_TEMP_VIEW";      break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER:        zOp = "DROP_TRIGGER";        break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_VIEW:           zOp = "DROP_VIEW";           break;
    case SQLITE_INSERT:              zOp = "INSERT";              break;
    case SQLITE_PRAGMA:              zOp = "PRAGMA";              break;
    case SQLITE_READ:                zOp = "READ";                break;
    case SQLITE_SELECT:              zOp = "SELECT";              break;
    case SQLITE_TRANSACTION:         zOp = "TRANSACTION";         break;
    case SQLITE_UPDATE:              zOp = "UPDATE";              break;
    case SQLITE_ATTACH:              zOp = "ATTACH";              break;
    case SQLITE_DETACH:              zOp = "DETACH";              break;
    case SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE:         zOp = "ALTER_TABLE";         break;
    case SQLITE_REINDEX:             zOp = "REINDEX";             break;
    case SQLITE_ANALYZE:             zOp = "ANALYZE";             break;
    case SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE:       zOp = "CREATE_VTABLE";       break;
    case SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE:         zOp = "DROP_VTABLE";         break;
    case SQLITE_FUNCTION:            zOp = "FUNCTION";            break;
    case SQLITE_SAVEPOINT:           zOp = "SAVEPOINT";           break;
    case SQLITE_COPY:                zOp = "COPY";                break;
    case SQLITE_RECURSIVE:           zOp = "RECURSIVE";           break;


    default: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zOpSpace), zOpSpace, "%d", op);
      zOp = zOpSpace;
      break;
    }
  }
  if( z1==0 ) z1 = "NULL";
  if( z2==0 ) z2 = "NULL";
  if( z3==0 ) z3 = "NULL";
  if( z4==0 ) z4 = "NULL";
  printf("AUTH: %s,%s,%s,%s,%s\n", zOp, z1, z2, z3, z4);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



#ifdef _WIN32
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
int sqlite3_showauth_init(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  char **pzErrMsg, 
  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
  rc = sqlite3_set_authorizer(db, authCallback, 0);
  return rc;
}

/*
** 2014-09-08
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the application interface definitions for the
** user-authentication extension feature.
**
** To compile with the user-authentication feature, append this file to
** end of an SQLite amalgamation header file ("sqlite3.h"), then add
** the SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION compile-time option.  See the
** user-auth.txt file in the same source directory as this file for
** additional information.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION

/*
** If a database contains the SQLITE_USER table, then the
** sqlite3_user_authenticate() interface must be invoked with an
** appropriate username and password prior to enable read and write
** access to the database.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_ERROR if the username/password
** combination is incorrect or unknown.
**
** If the SQLITE_USER table is not present in the database file, then
** this interface is a harmless no-op returnning SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3_user_authenticate(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username */
  const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW                /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
);

/*
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to create a new user.  When called on a no-authentication-required
** database, this routine converts the database into an authentication-
** required database, automatically makes the added user an
** administrator, and logs in the current connection as that user.
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface only works for the "main" database, not
** for any ATTACH-ed databases.  Any call to sqlite3_user_add() by a
** non-admin user results in an error.
*/
int sqlite3_user_add(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to be added */
  const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* True to give new user admin privilege */
);

/*
** The sqlite3_user_change() interface can be used to change a users
** login credentials or admin privilege.  Any user can change their own
** login credentials.  Only an admin user can change another users login
** credentials or admin privilege setting.  No user may change their own 
** admin privilege setting.
*/
int sqlite3_user_change(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to change */
  const char *aPW,       /* New password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* Modified admin privilege for the user */
);

/*
** The sqlite3_user_delete() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to delete a user.  The currently logged-in user cannot be deleted,
** which guarantees that there is always an admin user and hence that
** the database cannot be converted into a no-authentication-required
** database.
*/
int sqlite3_user_delete(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername  /* Username to remove */
);

#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

Activate the user authentication logic by including the
ext/userauth/userauth.c source code file in the build and
adding the -DSQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION compile-time option.
The ext/userauth/sqlite3userauth.h header file is available to
applications to define the interface.

When using the SQLite amalgamation, it is sufficient to append
the ext/userauth/userauth.c source file onto the end of the
amalgamation.

The following new APIs are available when user authentication is
activated:

   int sqlite3_user_authenticate(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
     const char *zUsername, /* Username */
     const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
     int nPW                /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
   );
   
   int sqlite3_user_add(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
     const char *zUsername, /* Username to be added */
     const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
     int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
     int isAdmin            /* True to give new user admin privilege */
   );
   
   int sqlite3_user_change(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
     const char *zUsername, /* Username to change */
     const void *aPW,       /* Modified password or credentials */
     int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
     int isAdmin            /* Modified admin privilege for the user */
   );
   
   int sqlite3_user_delete(
     sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
     const char *zUsername  /* Username to remove */
   );

With this extension, a database can be marked as requiring authentication.
By default a database does not require authentication.

The sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), and sqlite3_open_v2() interfaces
work as before: they open a new database connection.  However, if the
database being opened requires authentication, then attempts to read
or write from the database will fail with an SQLITE_AUTH error until 
after sqlite3_user_authenticate() has been called successfully.  The 
sqlite3_user_authenticate() call will return SQLITE_OK if the 
authentication credentials are accepted and SQLITE_ERROR if not.

Calling sqlite3_user_authenticate() on a no-authentication-required
database connection is a harmless no-op.  

If the database is encrypted, then sqlite3_key_v2() must be called first,
with the correct decryption key, prior to invoking sqlite3_user_authenticate().

To recapitulate: When opening an existing unencrypted authentication-
required database, the call sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2()
    sqlite3_user_authenticate();
    /* Database is now usable */

To open an existing, encrypted, authentication-required database, the
call sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2();
    sqlite3_key_v2();
    sqlite3_user_authenticate();
    /* Database is now usable */

When opening a no-authentication-required database, the database
connection is treated as if it was authenticated as an admin user.

When ATTACH-ing new database files to a connection, each newly attached
database that is an authentication-required database is checked using
the same username and password as supplied to the main database.  If that
check fails, then the ATTACH command fails with an SQLITE_AUTH error.

The sqlite3_user_add() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
to create a new user.  When called on a no-authentication-required
database and when A is true, the sqlite3_user_add(D,U,P,N,A) routine
converts the database into an authentication-required database and
logs in the database connection D as user U with password P,N.
To convert a no-authentication-required database into an authentication-
required database, the isAdmin parameter must be true.  If
sqlite3_user_add(D,U,P,N,A) is called on a no-authentication-required
database and A is false, then the call fails with an SQLITE_AUTH error.

Any call to sqlite3_user_add() by a non-admin user results in an error.

Hence, to create a new, unencrypted, authentication-required database,
the call sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2();
    sqlite3_user_add();

And to create a new, encrypted, authentication-required database, the call
sequence is:

    sqlite3_open_v2();
    sqlite3_key_v2();
    sqlite3_user_add();

The sqlite3_user_delete() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
to delete a user.  The currently logged-in user cannot be deleted,
which guarantees that there is always an admin user and hence that
the database cannot be converted into a no-authentication-required
database.

The sqlite3_user_change() interface can be used to change a users
login credentials or admin privilege.  Any user can change their own
password.  Only an admin user can change another users login
credentials or admin privilege setting.  No user may change their own 
admin privilege setting.

The sqlite3_set_authorizer() callback is modified to take a 7th parameter
which is the username of the currently logged in user, or NULL for a
no-authentication-required database.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Implementation notes:

An authentication-required database is identified by the presence of a
new table:

    CREATE TABLE sqlite_user(
      uname TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
      isAdmin BOOLEAN,
      pw BLOB
    ) WITHOUT ROWID;

The sqlite_user table is inaccessible (unreadable and unwriteable) to
non-admin users and is read-only for admin users.  However, if the same
database file is opened by a version of SQLite that omits
the -DSQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION compile-time option, then the sqlite_user
table will be readable by anybody and writeable by anybody if
the "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON" statement is run first.

The sqlite_user.pw field is encoded by a built-in SQL function
"sqlite_crypt(X,Y)".  The two arguments are both BLOBs.  The first argument
is the plaintext password supplied to the sqlite3_user_authenticate()
interface.  The second argument is the sqlite_user.pw value and is supplied
so that the function can extract the "salt" used by the password encoder.
The result of sqlite_crypt(X,Y) is another blob which is the value that
ends up being stored in sqlite_user.pw.  To verify credentials X supplied
by the sqlite3_user_authenticate() routine, SQLite runs:

    sqlite_user.pw == sqlite_crypt(X, sqlite_user.pw)

To compute an appropriate sqlite_user.pw value from a new or modified
password X, sqlite_crypt(X,NULL) is run.  A new random salt is selected
when the second argument is NULL.

The built-in version of of sqlite_crypt() uses a simple Ceasar-cypher
which prevents passwords from being revealed by searching the raw database
for ASCII text, but is otherwise trivally broken.  For better password
security, the database should be encrypted using the SQLite Encryption
Extension or similar technology.  Or, the application can use the
sqlite3_create_function() interface to provide an alternative
implementation of sqlite_crypt() that computes a stronger password hash,
perhaps using a cryptographic hash function like SHA1.

/*
** 2014-09-08
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the bulk of the implementation of the
** user-authentication extension feature.  Some parts of the user-
** authentication code are contained within the SQLite core (in the
** src/ subdirectory of the main source code tree) but those parts
** that could reasonable be separated out are moved into this file.
**
** To compile with the user-authentication feature, append this file to
** end of an SQLite amalgamation, then add the SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
** compile-time option.  See the user-auth.txt file in the same source
** directory as this file for additional information.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
# include "sqliteInt.h"
#endif

/*
** Prepare an SQL statement for use by the user authentication logic.
** Return a pointer to the prepared statement on success.  Return a
** NULL pointer if there is an error of any kind.
*/
static sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zFormat,
  ...
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  char *zSql;
  int rc;
  va_list ap;
  int savedFlags = db->flags;

  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema;
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  db->flags = savedFlags;
  sqlite3_free(zSql);
  if( rc ){
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    pStmt = 0;
  }
  return pStmt;
}

/*
** Check to see if the sqlite_user table exists in database zDb.
*/
static int userTableExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
    char *zErr = 0;
    sqlite3Init(db, &zErr);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
  }
  rc = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_user", zDb)!=0;
  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Check to see if database zDb has a "sqlite_user" table and if it does
** whether that table can authenticate zUser with nPw,zPw.  Write one of
** the UAUTH_* user authorization level codes into *peAuth and return a
** result code.
*/
static int userAuthCheckLogin(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* The database connection to check */
  const char *zDb,           /* Name of specific database to check */
  u8 *peAuth                 /* OUT: One of UAUTH_* constants */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;

  *peAuth = UAUTH_Unknown;
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    *peAuth = UAUTH_Admin;  /* No sqlite_user table.  Everybody is admin. */
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( db->auth.zAuthUser==0 ){
    *peAuth = UAUTH_Fail;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db,
            "SELECT pw=sqlite_crypt(?1,pw), isAdmin FROM \"%w\".sqlite_user"
            " WHERE uname=?2", zDb);
  if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, db->auth.zAuthPW, db->auth.nAuthPW,SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 2, db->auth.zAuthUser, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW && sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0) ){
    *peAuth = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1) + UAUTH_User;
  }else{
    *peAuth = UAUTH_Fail;
  }
  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* The database connection to check */
  const char *zDb,           /* Name of specific database to check */
  u8 *peAuth                 /* OUT: One of UAUTH_* constants */
){
  int rc;
  u8 savedAuthLevel;
  assert( zDb!=0 );
  assert( peAuth!=0 );
  savedAuthLevel = db->auth.authLevel;
  db->auth.authLevel = UAUTH_Admin;
  rc = userAuthCheckLogin(db, zDb, peAuth);
  db->auth.authLevel = savedAuthLevel;
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the current authLevel is UAUTH_Unknown, the take actions to figure
** out what authLevel should be
*/
void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_Unknown ){
    u8 authLevel = UAUTH_Fail;
    sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, "main", &authLevel);
    db->auth.authLevel = authLevel;
    if( authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ) db->flags &= ~SQLITE_WriteSchema;
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite_crypt(X,Y) function.
**
** If Y is NULL then generate a new hash for password X and return that
** hash.  If Y is not null, then generate a hash for password X using the
** same salt as the previous hash Y and return the new hash.
*/
void sqlite3CryptFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *zIn;
  int nIn, ii;
  u8 *zOut;
  char zSalt[8];
  zIn = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_BLOB
   && sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1])==nIn+sizeof(zSalt)
  ){
    memcpy(zSalt, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]), sizeof(zSalt));
  }else{
    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(zSalt), zSalt);
  }
  zOut = sqlite3_malloc( nIn+sizeof(zSalt) );
  if( zOut==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
  }else{
    memcpy(zOut, zSalt, sizeof(zSalt));
    for(ii=0; ii<nIn; ii++){
      zOut[ii+sizeof(zSalt)] = zIn[ii]^zSalt[ii&0x7];
    }
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, zOut, nIn+sizeof(zSalt), sqlite3_free);
  }
}

/*
** If a database contains the SQLITE_USER table, then the
** sqlite3_user_authenticate() interface must be invoked with an
** appropriate username and password prior to enable read and write
** access to the database.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_ERROR if the username/password
** combination is incorrect or unknown.
**
** If the SQLITE_USER table is not present in the database file, then
** this interface is a harmless no-op returnning SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3_user_authenticate(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username */
  const char *zPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW                /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
){
  int rc;
  u8 authLevel = UAUTH_Fail;
  db->auth.authLevel = UAUTH_Unknown;
  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser);
  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW);
  memset(&db->auth, 0, sizeof(db->auth));
  db->auth.zAuthUser = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zUsername);
  if( db->auth.zAuthUser==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  db->auth.zAuthPW = sqlite3_malloc( nPW+1 );
  if( db->auth.zAuthPW==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  memcpy(db->auth.zAuthPW,zPW,nPW);
  db->auth.nAuthPW = nPW;
  rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, "main", &authLevel);
  db->auth.authLevel = authLevel;
  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;           /* OOM error, I/O error, etc. */
  }
  if( authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
    return SQLITE_AUTH;  /* Incorrect username and/or password */
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;      /* Successful login */
}

/*
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to create a new user.  When called on a no-authentication-required
** database, this routine converts the database into an authentication-
** required database, automatically makes the added user an
** administrator, and logs in the current connection as that user.
** The sqlite3_user_add() interface only works for the "main" database, not
** for any ATTACH-ed databases.  Any call to sqlite3_user_add() by a
** non-admin user results in an error.
*/
int sqlite3_user_add(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to be added */
  const char *aPW,       /* Password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* True to give new user admin privilege */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;
  sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ) return SQLITE_AUTH;
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    if( !isAdmin ) return SQLITE_AUTH;
    pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db, 
              "CREATE TABLE sqlite_user(\n"
              "  uname TEXT PRIMARY KEY,\n"
              "  isAdmin BOOLEAN,\n"
              "  pw BLOB\n"
              ") WITHOUT ROWID;");
    if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
  pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db, 
            "INSERT INTO sqlite_user(uname,isAdmin,pw)"
            " VALUES(%Q,%d,sqlite_crypt(?1,NULL))",
            zUsername, isAdmin!=0);
  if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, aPW, nPW, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  if( db->auth.zAuthUser==0 ){
    assert( isAdmin!=0 );
    sqlite3_user_authenticate(db, zUsername, aPW, nPW);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_user_change() interface can be used to change a users
** login credentials or admin privilege.  Any user can change their own
** login credentials.  Only an admin user can change another users login
** credentials or admin privilege setting.  No user may change their own 
** admin privilege setting.
*/
int sqlite3_user_change(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername, /* Username to change */
  const char *aPW,       /* Modified password or credentials */
  int nPW,               /* Number of bytes in aPW[] */
  int isAdmin            /* Modified admin privilege for the user */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;
  u8 authLevel;

  authLevel = db->auth.authLevel;
  if( authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
    /* Must be logged in to make a change */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  if( strcmp(db->auth.zAuthUser, zUsername)!=0 ){
    if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ){
      /* Must be an administrator to change a different user */
      return SQLITE_AUTH;
    }
  }else if( isAdmin!=(authLevel==UAUTH_Admin) ){
    /* Cannot change the isAdmin setting for self */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  db->auth.authLevel = UAUTH_Admin;
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    /* This routine is a no-op if the user to be modified does not exist */
  }else{
    pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db,
              "UPDATE sqlite_user SET isAdmin=%d, pw=sqlite_crypt(?1,NULL)"
              " WHERE uname=%Q", isAdmin, zUsername);
    if( pStmt==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, aPW, nPW, SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    }
  }
  db->auth.authLevel = authLevel;
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_user_delete() interface can be used (by an admin user only)
** to delete a user.  The currently logged-in user cannot be deleted,
** which guarantees that there is always an admin user and hence that
** the database cannot be converted into a no-authentication-required
** database.
*/
int sqlite3_user_delete(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database connection */
  const char *zUsername  /* Username to remove */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin ){
    /* Must be an administrator to delete a user */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  if( strcmp(db->auth.zAuthUser, zUsername)==0 ){
    /* Cannot delete self */
    return SQLITE_AUTH;
  }
  if( !userTableExists(db, "main") ){
    /* This routine is a no-op if the user to be deleted does not exist */
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pStmt = sqlite3UserAuthPrepare(db,
              "DELETE FROM sqlite_user WHERE uname=%Q", zUsername);
  if( pStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}

#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
################################################################################

# This is how we compile
#
TCCX =  $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src -I$(TOP) 
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/rtree -I$(TOP)/ext/icu -I$(TOP)/ext/fts3
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/async

# Object files for the SQLite library.
#
LIBOBJ+= vdbe.o parse.o \
         alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o \
         backup.o bitvec.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \
         callback.o complete.o ctime.o date.o delete.o expr.o fault.o fkey.o \
................................................................................
         main.o malloc.o mem0.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mem5.o \
         memjournal.o \
         mutex.o mutex_noop.o mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \
         notify.o opcodes.o os.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
         pager.o pcache.o pcache1.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o \
         random.o resolve.o rowset.o rtree.o select.o status.o \
         table.o threads.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
         update.o util.o vacuum.o \
         vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbemem.o vdbesort.o \
	 vdbetrace.o wal.o walker.o where.o utf.o vtab.o



# All of the source code files.
#
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/sqlite3rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/sqlrr/sqlrr.c




# Generated source code files
#
SRC += \
  keywordhash.h \
  opcodes.c \
  opcodes.h \
................................................................................
   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
   $(TOP)/src/whereInt.h

# Header files used by extensions
#
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/sqlrr/sqlrr.h



# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
#
all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)

libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
................................................................................
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_unicode2.c

fts3_write.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_write.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_write.c

rtree.o:	$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c





# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
#
tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)

# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
################################################################################

# This is how we compile
#
TCCX =  $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src -I$(TOP) 
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/rtree -I$(TOP)/ext/icu -I$(TOP)/ext/fts3
TCCX += -I$(TOP)/ext/async -I$(TOP)/ext/userauth

# Object files for the SQLite library.
#
LIBOBJ+= vdbe.o parse.o \
         alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o \
         backup.o bitvec.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \
         callback.o complete.o ctime.o date.o delete.o expr.o fault.o fkey.o \
................................................................................
         main.o malloc.o mem0.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mem5.o \
         memjournal.o \
         mutex.o mutex_noop.o mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \
         notify.o opcodes.o os.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
         pager.o pcache.o pcache1.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o \
         random.o resolve.o rowset.o rtree.o select.o status.o \
         table.o threads.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
         update.o userauth.o util.o vacuum.o \
         vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbemem.o vdbesort.o \
	 vdbetrace.o wal.o walker.o where.o utf.o vtab.o



# All of the source code files.
#
................................................................................
  $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/sqlite3rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.h \
  $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/sqlrr/sqlrr.c
SRC += \
  $(TOP)/ext/userauth/userauth.c \
  $(TOP)/ext/userauth/sqlite3userauth.h

# Generated source code files
#
SRC += \
  keywordhash.h \
  opcodes.c \
  opcodes.h \
................................................................................
   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
   $(TOP)/src/whereInt.h

# Header files used by extensions
#
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/sqlrr/sqlrr.h
EXTHDR += \
  $(TOP)/ext/userauth/sqlite3userauth.h

# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
#
all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)

libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
................................................................................
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_unicode2.c

fts3_write.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_write.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_write.c

rtree.o:	$(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/rtree/rtree.c

userauth.o:	$(TOP)/ext/userauth/userauth.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/userauth/userauth.c


# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
#
tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)

  int len = 0;
  char *zRet;
  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
  */
  if( zSql ){
    do {

      if( !*zCsr ){
        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */

  int len = 0;
  char *zRet;
  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately
  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one
  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
  */
  if( zSql ){
    do {

      if( !*zCsr ){
        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */

** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
**
** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required
** for the query planner to make good choices.
**
** Format of sqlite_stat1:
**
** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
................................................................................
**
** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object.  The datatype of the
** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
** object.
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);

    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);

    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    {
................................................................................
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
  }
}

................................................................................
      tRowcnt nSum = 0;         /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
      tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol];

      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set
      ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same
      ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate 
      ** prefixes).  */
      for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){
        if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){
          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
          nSum++;
        }
      }

** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The functionality of sqlite_stat3
** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced
** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with
** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later.  It is
** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time.  If they
** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence.
**
** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required
** for the query planner to make good choices.
**
** Format of sqlite_stat1:
**
** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
................................................................................
**
** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.  The datatype of the
** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
** object.
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);

    /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
    callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);

    /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    {
................................................................................
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1);
    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
    assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
  }
}

................................................................................
      tRowcnt nSum = 0;         /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */
      tRowcnt avgEq = 0;
      tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol];

      /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
      ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set
      ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same
      ** set (adding the value only once where there exist duplicate 
      ** prefixes).  */
      for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){
        if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){
          sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
          nSum++;
        }
      }

  ** we found it.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  }









  if( rc ){
    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
    assert( iDb>=2 );
    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;

  ** we found it.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u8 newAuth = 0;
    rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
    if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
      rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
    }
  }
#endif
  if( rc ){
    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
    assert( iDb>=2 );
    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;

*/
int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pArg
){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->xAuth = xAuth;
  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */

  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);




  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
    }
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
................................................................................
  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);




  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
  }

*/
int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pArg
){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth;
  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */

  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
#endif
                );
  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
    }
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
................................................................................
  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
                 ,db->auth.zAuthUser
#endif
                );
  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
  }

** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
** in the common case.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
    p->locked = 1;
    return;
  }

** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
** in the common case.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go through the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
    p->locked = 1;
    return;
  }

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/
#include "btreeInt.h"

/*
** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
................................................................................
  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
  ** data.
  */
  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
    if( pKey ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pCur->pKey = pKey;
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(pKey);
      }
................................................................................
** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
** pointer array and the cell content area.
*/
static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
................................................................................
** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
** defined.
**
** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
** false then all cursors are counted.
**
** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
** is capable of reading or writing to the databse.  Cursors that
** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
*/
static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
  BtCursor *pCur;
  int r = 0;
  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
................................................................................

/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
** occurs, return some other error code.
**
** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
**
** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commmit 
** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
  int rc;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
................................................................................

  btreeEndTransaction(p);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
................................................................................
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
**
** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
................................................................................
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
** popluates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
** in the table.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
................................................................................
        */
        nCell = pCell[0];
        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
          ** b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey, 0);
        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
        ){
          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey, 0);
        }else{
          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
          void *pCellKey;
          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
................................................................................
          }
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
          if( rc ){
            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey, 0);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
        }
        assert( 
            (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
         && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
        );
        if( c<0 ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
*/
static void assemblePage(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
){
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
................................................................................
    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    releasePage(apOld[i]);
    apOld[i] = 0;
    i++;
  }

  /*
  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
  ** from the disk more rapidly.
  **
  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
................................................................................
         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
         && pParent->pgno!=1
         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
        ){
          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
          ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 
          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
          ** buffer. 
          **
          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
................................................................................
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
................................................................................

end_insert:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
  int rc;                              /* Return code */
  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
................................................................................
  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
}


/*
** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
** if this is the first reference to the page.
**
** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/
#include "btreeInt.h"

/*
** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
................................................................................
  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
  ** data.
  */
  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey );
    if( pKey ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pCur->pKey = pKey;
      }else{
        sqlite3_free(pKey);
      }
................................................................................
** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
** pointer array and the cell content area.
*/
static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int pc;                    /* Address of the i-th cell */
  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
................................................................................
** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
** defined.
**
** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true.  If wrOnly is
** false then all cursors are counted.
**
** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
** is capable of reading or writing to the database.  Cursors that
** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
*/
static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
  BtCursor *pCur;
  int r = 0;
  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
    if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
................................................................................

/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in 
** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error 
** occurs, return some other error code.
**
** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so 
** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
**
** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the 
** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE 
** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit 
** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
  int rc;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
................................................................................

  btreeEndTransaction(p);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
................................................................................
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
**
** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
** compiler is not doing aggressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
................................................................................
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the
** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily 
** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). 
** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset 
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
** "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[].  The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
** in the table.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
................................................................................
        */
        nCell = pCell[0];
        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){
          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
          ** b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
        ){
          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
        }else{
          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
          void *pCellKey;
          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
................................................................................
          }
          pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx;
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2);
          if( rc ){
            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
        }
        assert( 
            (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
         && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
        );
        if( c<0 ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
*/
static void assemblePage(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assembled */
  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
){
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
................................................................................
    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    releasePage(apOld[i]);
    apOld[i] = 0;
    i++;
  }

  /*
  ** Put the new pages in ascending order.  This helps to
  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
  ** from the disk more rapidly.
  **
  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
................................................................................
         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
         && pParent->pgno!=1
         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
        ){
          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
          ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent 
          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
          ** buffer. 
          **
          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
................................................................................
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an entry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
................................................................................

end_insert:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at an arbitrary location.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
  int rc;                              /* Return code */
  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
................................................................................
  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
}


/*
** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if
** if this is the first reference to the page.
**
** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
**
**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
**
** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
................................................................................
**      3       2      number of cells on this page
**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
**
** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
** the payload area.
**
** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
................................................................................
**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
** CURSOR_FAULT:
**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
#define CURSOR_VALID             1

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
**
**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
**
** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
................................................................................
**      3       2      number of cells on this page
**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
**
** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is an integer
** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
** the payload area.
**
** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
................................................................................
**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
** CURSOR_FAULT:
**   An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
#define CURSOR_VALID             1

  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
  if( v ){
    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);












    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
................................................................................
  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
  pParse->nested--;
}











/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
**
** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
................................................................................
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  assert( zName!=0 );
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );







  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
................................................................................
    if( zDbase ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
    }
    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
  }






  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the table identified by *p.
**
** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
  if( pszEst ){
    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
    if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      if( zChar ){
        while( zChar[0] ){
          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
            int v = 0;
            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
            v = v/4 + 1;
            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
  zStmt[k++] = '(';
  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    static const char * const azType[] = {
        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",

        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
    };
    int len;
    const char *zType;

    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
    zSep = zSep2;
    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
    
    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
    k += len;
    assert( k<=n );
  }
................................................................................
** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
** Changes include:
**
**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
**          data storage is a covering index btree.
**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now
**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
................................................................................
  Index *pPk;
  int nPk;
  int i, j;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;

  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
  ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
  */
  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
    assert( v );
    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
  }

................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);

  assert( pTable );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
................................................................................
    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  }
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  assert( pTab!=0 );
  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 




       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( pTab->pSelect ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
................................................................................
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
**
** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
*
**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
................................................................................
/*
** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
**
** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
** term added.

  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
  if( v ){
    while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){}
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);

#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
    if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){
      sqlite3UserAuthInit(db);
      if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
        pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
        return;
      }
    }
#endif

    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
................................................................................
  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
  pParse->nested--;
}

#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the
** list of users and their access credentials.
*/
int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){
  return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0;
}
#endif

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
**
** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
................................................................................
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  assert( zName!=0 );
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
  ** exists */
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
................................................................................
    if( zDbase ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
    }
    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
  }
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENICATION
  else if( pParse->db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated");
    p = 0;
  }
#endif
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the table identified by *p.
**
** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size.  The
  ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1.  */
  if( pszEst ){
    *pszEst = 1;   /* default size is approx 4 bytes */
    if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
      if( zChar ){
        while( zChar[0] ){
          if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){
            int v = 0;
            sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v);
            v = v/4 + 1;
            if( v>255 ) v = 255;
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
  zStmt[k++] = '(';
  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    static const char * const azType[] = {

        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
    };
    int len;
    const char *zType;

    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
    zSep = zSep2;
    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_NONE >= 0 );
    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_NONE < ArraySize(azType) );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
    
    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_NONE];
    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
    k += len;
    assert( k<=n );
  }
................................................................................
** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table.
** Changes include:
**
**     (1)  Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex.  There is
**          no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID.  Instead, the canonical
**          data storage is a covering index btree.
**     (2)  Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
**          for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
**          identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
**     (3)  Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
**          schema to the rootpage from the main table.
**     (4)  Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
**     (5)  Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
**          so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index.  The surplus
**          columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for
................................................................................
  Index *pPk;
  int nPk;
  int i, j;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;

  /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the
  ** root-page for the table into an OP_CreateIndex opcode.  The index
  ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index.
  */
  if( pParse->addrCrTab ){
    assert( v );
    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex;
  }

................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;       /* Saved xAuth pointer */

  assert( pTable );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  int iPartIdxLabel;             /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assembled index record */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
................................................................................
    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  }
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  assert( pTab!=0 );
  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
       && db->init.busy==0
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
       && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
#endif
       && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( pTab->pSelect ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
................................................................................
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
**
** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index.
** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns
** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
*
**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
................................................................................
/*
** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
** usual case.  If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the
** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
**
** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
** term added.

/*
** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
**
** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
** each collation sequence structure.
*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */

/*
** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
**
** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
** each collation sequence structure.
*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */

**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
**                 semicolon.
**
**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
**                 a statement.
**
**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
**
**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
**
**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
**                 the end of a trigger definition.
**
**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
**                 of a trigger difinition.
**
** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
**
**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
................................................................................
     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
  };
#else
  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
  */
  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
                     /* Token:           */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },

**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
**                 semicolon.
**
**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
**                 a statement.
**
**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
**                 statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
**
**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
**
**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
**                 the end of a trigger definition.
**
**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
**                 of a trigger definition.
**
** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
**
**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
................................................................................
     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
  };
#else
  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler
  */
  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
                     /* Token:           */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },

  "TEST",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
  "USE_ALLOCA",



#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
  "WIN32_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
  "ZERO_MALLOC"
#endif

  "TEST",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
  "USE_ALLOCA",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  "USER_AUTHENTICATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
  "WIN32_MALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
  "ZERO_MALLOC"
#endif

** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some

** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some

** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
void sqlite3MaterializeView(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
){
  SelectDest dest;
  Select *pSel;
  SrcList *pFrom;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
................................................................................
  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
  int addrDelete = 0;    /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */
 
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
#endif

  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
................................................................................
  if( v==0 ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
      pPk = 0;
      nPk = 1;
      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    }else{
      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to
      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
      assert( pPk!=0 );
      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
      pParse->nMem += nPk;
      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
................................................................................
  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
  return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif

** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
void sqlite3MaterializeView(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */
){
  SelectDest dest;
  Select *pSel;
  SrcList *pFrom;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema);
  pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
................................................................................
  int iKey;              /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
  i16 nKey;              /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
  int iEphCur = 0;       /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
  int iRowSet = 0;       /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
  int addrBypass = 0;    /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
  int addrLoop = 0;      /* Top of the delete loop */
  int addrDelete = 0;    /* Jump directly to the delete logic */
  int addrEphOpen = 0;   /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
 
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
#endif

  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
................................................................................
  if( v==0 ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
  ** an ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur);
    iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */
      pPk = 0;
      nPk = 1;
      iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    }else{
      /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to
      ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */
      pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
      assert( pPk!=0 );
      nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
      iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
      pParse->nMem += nPk;
      iEphCur = pParse->nTab++;
................................................................................
  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen);
  return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif

** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
** have an affinity:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
................................................................................
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
**
** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
** free the subtrees and return NULL.
*/
Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
................................................................................
**
** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
**
** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
** assigned.
*/
void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  const char *z;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
................................................................................
** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
**
** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
** to enforce this constraint.
*/
static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nSize;
  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
*/
static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
  if( p ){
    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
    u8 *zAlloc;
................................................................................
  pNew->iLimit = 0;
  pNew->iOffset = 0;
  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);

  return pNew;
}
#else
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
  assert( p==0 );
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an
** existing table.
**
** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP.  If inFlags contains
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
** fast membership test.  When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
  ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
  ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
  ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms,
  ** then it is not worth creating an ephermeral table to evaluate
  ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
  */
  if( eType==0
   && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
   && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
   && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
  ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
*/
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
  int i;
  struct yColCache *p;
  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
    int x = p->iReg;
    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
      p->iReg += iTo-iFrom;
    }
  }

}

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
** is used as part of the column cache.
**
................................................................................
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
        break;
      }

      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
      */
      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        assert( nFarg>=2 );
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
................................................................................
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
** in register target.
**
** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
** the result is a copy of the cache register.
**
** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
................................................................................
**    x BETWEEN y AND z
**
** The above is equivalent to 
**
**    x>=y AND x<=z
**
** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
** elementation of x.
*/
static void exprCodeBetween(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
................................................................................
}

/*
** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
** purpose.
**
** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
** the register becomes stale.
*/
void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
    int i;
    struct yColCache *p;
    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){

** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all
** have an affinity:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
................................................................................
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
**
** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
** free the subtrees and return NULL.
*/
Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
................................................................................
**
** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
**
** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is
** assigned.
*/
void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  const char *z;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
................................................................................
** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
**
** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
** to enforce this constraint.
*/
static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nSize;
  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
*/
static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
  if( p ){
    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
    u8 *zAlloc;
................................................................................
  pNew->iLimit = 0;
  pNew->iOffset = 0;
  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow;
  pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith);
  sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName);
  return pNew;
}
#else
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
  assert( p==0 );
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
** existing table.
**
** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP.  If inFlags contains
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
** fast membership test.  When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
................................................................................
    }
  }

  /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
  ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
  ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
  ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms,
  ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate
  ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
  */
  if( eType==0
   && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
   && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
   && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
  ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
*/
void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){


  assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo );
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);






  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iFrom, nReg);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
** is used as part of the column cache.
**
................................................................................
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
        break;
      }

      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evaluation of
      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
      */
      if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        assert( nFarg>=2 );
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
................................................................................
    sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result
** in register target.
**
** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
** the result is a copy of the cache register.
**
** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
................................................................................
**    x BETWEEN y AND z
**
** The above is equivalent to 
**
**    x>=y AND x<=z
**
** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
** elimination of x.
*/
static void exprCodeBetween(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
................................................................................
}

/*
** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
** purpose.
**
** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
** the deallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
** the register becomes stale.
*/
void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
    int i;
    struct yColCache *p;
    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){

**
**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
**      PRIMARY KEY, or
**
**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
**      consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in 
**      the child table.
**
** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
*/
int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(

**
**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
**      PRIMARY KEY, or
**
**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
**      consists of a different number of columns to the child key in 
**      the child table.
**
** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
*/
int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C-language implementions for many of the SQL
** functions of SQLite.  (Some function, and in particular the date and
** time functions, are implemented separately.)
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"
................................................................................
    while( *z && p1 ){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
      p1--;
    }
    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
    }
    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);

  }else{
    if( p1+p2>len ){
      p2 = len-p1;
      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the round() function
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
................................................................................
  assert( nByte>0 );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    z = 0;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
    if( !z ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    }
  }
  return z;
}

................................................................................
    }else{
      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
    }                                                    \
  }
  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free);
}

/*
** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
*/
static void hexFunc(
................................................................................
    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
    }else{
      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
    }
  }else{

    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
  }
}
static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
  sqlite3_value *pRes;
  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( pRes ){
................................................................................
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
  return 1;
}

/*
** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
**
** After this routine runs
*/
void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
  /*
................................................................................
    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),

    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),

    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
................................................................................
    FUNCTION2(likely,            1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),



#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
................................................................................
  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
  #endif
    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
 /* AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ), */
    {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
  
    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL
** functions of SQLite.  (Some function, and in particular the date and
** time functions, are implemented separately.)
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"
................................................................................
    while( *z && p1 ){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
      p1--;
    }
    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
    }
    sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
                          SQLITE_UTF8);
  }else{
    if( p1+p2>len ){
      p2 = len-p1;
      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the round() function
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
................................................................................
  assert( nByte>0 );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    z = 0;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
    if( !z ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    }
  }
  return z;
}

................................................................................
    }else{
      *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);
      *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);
    }                                                    \
  }
  sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8);
}

/*
** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
*/
static void hexFunc(
................................................................................
    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
    }else{
      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
    }
  }else{
    pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
  }
}
static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
  sqlite3_value *pRes;
  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( pRes ){
................................................................................
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
  *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
  return 1;
}

/*
** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
**
** After this routine runs
*/
void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
  /*
................................................................................
    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE2(min,              1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize,
                                          SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
    AGGREGATE2(max,              1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize,
                                          SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ),
    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
    FUNCTION(instr,              2, 0, 0, instrFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(printf,            -1, 0, 0, printfFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(unicode,            1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc      ),
................................................................................
    FUNCTION2(likely,            1, 0, 0, noopFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY),
    VFUNCTION(random,            0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
    VFUNCTION(randomblob,        1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
    FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt,       2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ),
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
    VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
    VFUNCTION(changes,           0, 0, 0, changes          ),
................................................................................
  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
  #endif
    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
    AGGREGATE2(count,            0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize,
               SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT  ),
    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
  
    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),

**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not

**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not

/*
** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'a'            TEXT
**  'b'            NONE
**  'c'            NUMERIC
**  'd'            INTEGER
**  'e'            REAL
**
** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
**
** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
*/
const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
................................................................................
** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
**
** A column affinity string has one character per column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'a'            TEXT
**  'b'            NONE
**  'c'            NUMERIC
**  'd'            INTEGER
**  'e'            REAL
*/
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
  int i;
  char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
  if( zColAff==0 ){
    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
................................................................................
**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
**         goto C
**      D: cleanup
**
** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
** the select.  The template is like this:
**
**         X <- A
**         goto B
**      A: setup for the SELECT
**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
**           load value into register R..R+n
................................................................................

  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
  */
  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);

  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
  */
  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    regRowid++;
    pParse->nMem++;
  }
................................................................................
  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
}

/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif
................................................................................
  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
  Index *pPk = 0;      /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
  int i;               /* loop counter */
  int ix;              /* Index loop counter */
  int nCol;            /* Number of columns */
  int onError;         /* Conflict resolution strategy */
  int j1;              /* Addresss of jump instruction */
  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
  int nPkField;        /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
  int ipkTop = 0;      /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
  int ipkBottom = 0;   /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
  u8 isUpdate;         /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
  u8 bAffinityDone = 0;  /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
  int regRowid = -1;   /* Register holding ROWID value */
................................................................................
  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
){
  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
  int regRec;         /* Register holding assemblied record for the table */
  int i;              /* Loop counter */
  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
................................................................................


#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
** is happening when it is suppose to.
*/
int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
/*
................................................................................

/*
** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
**
**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
**
** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves
** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
**
** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
** embedded in the code for details.
**
** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.

/*
** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'A'            NONE
**  'B'            TEXT
**  'C'            NUMERIC
**  'D'            INTEGER
**  'F'            REAL
**
** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
**
** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
*/
const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
................................................................................
** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should  be
** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string.
**
** A column affinity string has one character per column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'A'            NONE
**  'B'            TEXT
**  'C'            NUMERIC
**  'D'            INTEGER
**  'E'            REAL
*/
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){
  int i;
  char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff;
  if( zColAff==0 ){
    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
................................................................................
**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
**         goto C
**      D: cleanup
**
** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of
** the select.  The template is like this:
**
**         X <- A
**         goto B
**      A: setup for the SELECT
**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
**           load value into register R..R+n
................................................................................

  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
  */
  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);

  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
  ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record.
  */
  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    regRowid++;
    pParse->nMem++;
  }
................................................................................
  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
}

/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif
................................................................................
  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
  Index *pPk = 0;      /* The PRIMARY KEY index */
  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
  int i;               /* loop counter */
  int ix;              /* Index loop counter */
  int nCol;            /* Number of columns */
  int onError;         /* Conflict resolution strategy */
  int j1;              /* Address of jump instruction */
  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
  int nPkField;        /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */
  int ipkTop = 0;      /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */
  int ipkBottom = 0;   /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */
  u8 isUpdate;         /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */
  u8 bAffinityDone = 0;  /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */
  int regRowid = -1;   /* Register holding ROWID value */
................................................................................
  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
){
  Vdbe *v;            /* Prepared statements under construction */
  Index *pIdx;        /* An index being inserted or updated */
  u8 pik_flags;       /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
  int regData;        /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
  int regRec;         /* Register holding assembled record for the table */
  int i;              /* Loop counter */
  u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
................................................................................


#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
** is happening when it is supposed to.
*/
int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
/*
................................................................................

/*
** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
**
**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
**
** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves
** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
**
** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
** embedded in the code for details.
**
** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.

  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecExecEnd(db);
#endif

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);

  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecExecEnd(db);
#endif

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);

** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to Parse and ParseFree.
*/
void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
    pParser->yyidx = -1;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->yystack = NULL;

** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to Parse and ParseFree.
*/
void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(u64)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (u64)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
    pParser->yyidx = -1;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->yystack = NULL;

  sqlite3_stmt_busy,
  sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
  sqlite3_stricmp,
  sqlite3_uri_boolean,
  sqlite3_uri_int64,
  sqlite3_uri_parameter,
  sqlite3_vsnprintf,
  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2













};

/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
** of the default name is recommended.

  sqlite3_stmt_busy,
  sqlite3_stmt_readonly,
  sqlite3_stricmp,
  sqlite3_uri_boolean,
  sqlite3_uri_int64,
  sqlite3_uri_parameter,
  sqlite3_vsnprintf,
  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2,
  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
  sqlite3_auto_extension,
  sqlite3_bind_blob64,
  sqlite3_bind_text64,
  sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension,
  sqlite3_load_extension,
  sqlite3_malloc64,
  sqlite3_msize,
  sqlite3_realloc64,
  sqlite3_reset_auto_extension,
  sqlite3_result_blob64,
  sqlite3_result_text64,
  sqlite3_strglob
};

/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
** of the default name is recommended.

  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);





  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
................................................................................
    }
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
  */
  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
................................................................................
** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
*/
int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
  return db->autoCommit;
}

/*
** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
** constants.  They server two purposes:
**
**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
**
**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
**       a low-level error is first detected.
*/
................................................................................
    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
    **
    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
    ** dileterious behavior.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
      {
        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;

  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser);
  sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW);
#endif

  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
................................................................................
    }
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
  */
  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
................................................................................
** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
*/
int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
  return db->autoCommit;
}

/*
** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
** constants.  They serve two purposes:
**
**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
**
**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
**       a low-level error is first detected.
*/
................................................................................
    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
    **
    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
    ** deleterious behavior.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
      {
        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;

  return nFull;
}

/*
** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
*/
void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
  void *p;
  if( n<=0               /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ 
   || n>=0x7fffff00
  ){
    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
    p = 0;
  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
  }
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
  return p;
}

/*
** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
................................................................................
** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
** allocation.
*/
void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif






  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
}

/*
** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db!=0 );


  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
    return db->lookaside.sz;
  }else{
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
  }
}





/*
** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
*/
void sqlite3_free(void *p){
  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
................................................................................
  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
  void *pNew;
  if( pOld==0 ){
    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
  }
  if( nBytes<=0 ){
    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
    return 0;
  }
  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
  ** xRoundup. */
  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
  if( nOld==nNew ){
    pNew = pOld;
  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
    }
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    }
    if( pNew ){
      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
................................................................................
** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
*/
void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif







  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
}


/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
*/ 
void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, n);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
*/
void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, n);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
................................................................................
**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
**
** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
*/
void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
  void *p;
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
  if( db ){
    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
................................................................................
  return p;
}

/*
** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
*/
void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
  void *pNew = 0;
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    if( p==0 ){
      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
    }
................................................................................
        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
      }
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
      if( !pNew ){
        sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | 
            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
    }
................................................................................
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
*/
void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
  void *pNew;
  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
  if( !pNew ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
  }
  return pNew;
}
................................................................................
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
  char *zNew;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
    zNew[n] = 0;
  }
  return zNew;
}

/*
** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.

  return nFull;
}

/*
** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
*/
void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){
  void *p;

  if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){

    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
    p = 0;
  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n);
  }
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
  return p;
}

/*
** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
................................................................................
** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
** allocation.
*/
void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n);
}
void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
}

/*
** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  if( db==0 ){
    return sqlite3MallocSize(p);
  }else{
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      return db->lookaside.sz;
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
      assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
      return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
    }
  }
}
sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void *p){
  return (sqlite3_uint64)sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}

/*
** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
*/
void sqlite3_free(void *p){
  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
................................................................................
  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){
  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
  void *pNew;
  if( pOld==0 ){
    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
  }
  if( nBytes==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
    return 0;
  }
  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
  ** xRoundup. */
  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes);
  if( nOld==nNew ){
    pNew = pOld;
  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
    }
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes);
      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    }
    if( pNew ){
      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
................................................................................
** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
*/
void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
}
void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
}


/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
*/ 
void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
*/
void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, (size_t)n);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
................................................................................
**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
**
** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
*/
void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
  void *p;
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
  if( db ){
    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
................................................................................
  return p;
}

/*
** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
*/
void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
  void *pNew = 0;
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    if( p==0 ){
      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
    }
................................................................................
        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
      }
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
      pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n);
      if( !pNew ){
        sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | 
            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
    }
................................................................................
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
*/
void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
  void *pNew;
  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
  if( !pNew ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
  }
  return pNew;
}
................................................................................
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
  char *zNew;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n);
    zNew[n] = 0;
  }
  return zNew;
}

/*
** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.

/*
** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3MemMalloc().
**
** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
** routines and redirected to xFree.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
  if( p==0 ){

/*
** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3MemMalloc().
**
** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because
** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
** routines and redirected to xFree.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
  if( p==0 ){

** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
**
**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
**
**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
**
**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
**
** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
** 

** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
**
**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
**
**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
**       then the two blocks are coalesced into the single larger block.
**
**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
**
** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
** 

typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;

/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
** this many bytes.
**
** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
** a power-of-two allocation.  This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
** memory allocators.
*/
#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))

/*
** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
*/

typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;

/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
** this many bytes.
**
** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
** a power-of-two allocation.  This minimizes wasted space in power-of-two
** memory allocators.
*/
#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))

/*
** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
*/

*/


/*
** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
**                             mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
**                             at start-time.
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
**                             implementation can be overridden at
**                             start-time.
**

*/


/*
** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
**                             mutexes implementation cannot be overridden
**                             at start-time.
**
**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
**                             implementation can be overridden at
**                             start-time.
**

**
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
**
** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
**
** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store

**
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
**
** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possibility of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
**
** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store

# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
# else
#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
# endif
#endif









/*
** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
**
** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
** which always has the same well-defined interface.
................................................................................
}
#endif


#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
  switch( eFileLock ){
    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
................................................................................
}
#undef osFcntl
#define osFcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR




*/
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
  int rc;









  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
................................................................................
/*
** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
**
** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
**
** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
** is set before returning.
*/
static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
................................................................................
  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
  ** size).
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
  if( rc ){
    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
................................................................................

static int unixLockstatePid(unixFile *, pid_t, int *);

#endif /* (SQLITE_ENABLE_APPLE_SPI>0) && defined(__APPLE__) */


/*
** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
  if( *pArg<0 ){
    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
................................................................................
}
#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */

/*
** Return the device characteristics for the file.
**
** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
................................................................................
** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
**
** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
** strategy from that.
**
** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
**
**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
**
**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
**
**
** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
................................................................................
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);


/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
................................................................................
  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
  **
  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
    unixInodeInfo *pInode;

    unixEnterMutex();
    pInode = inodeList;
    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
................................................................................
/*
** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
**
** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
** as the associated database file.
................................................................................
**
** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
**
** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
................................................................................
**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
**    
**    
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
*/

/*
** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE

# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
#  define HAVE_MREMAP 1
# else
#  define HAVE_MREMAP 0
# endif
#endif

/*
** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek()
** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined.
*/
#ifdef __ANDROID__
# define lseek lseek64
#endif

/*
** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
**
** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
** which always has the same well-defined interface.
................................................................................
}
#endif


#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
  switch( eFileLock ){
    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
................................................................................
}
#undef osFcntl
#define osFcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
**
** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through this wrapper.
** On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below could lead to a corrupt
** database.
*/
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
  int rc;
#ifdef __ANDROID__
  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if 
  ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
  ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
  ** such attempts.  */
  if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else
#endif
  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
................................................................................
/*
** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
**
** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
**
** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
** is set before returning.
*/
static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
................................................................................
  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
  ** size).
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte);
  if( rc ){
    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
................................................................................

static int unixLockstatePid(unixFile *, pid_t, int *);

#endif /* (SQLITE_ENABLE_APPLE_SPI>0) && defined(__APPLE__) */


/*
** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
  if( *pArg<0 ){
    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
................................................................................
}
#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */

/*
** Return the device characteristics for the file.
**
** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying
** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
................................................................................
** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
**
** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
** strategy from that.
**
** For finder-function F, two objects are created:
**
**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
**
**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
**
**
** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
................................................................................
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);


/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
................................................................................
  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
  **
  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
  ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
    unixInodeInfo *pInode;

    unixEnterMutex();
    pInode = inodeList;
    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
................................................................................
/*
** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
**
** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
** as the associated database file.
................................................................................
**
** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the
** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
**
** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
................................................................................
**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
**    
**    
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
*/

/*
** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE

  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
#else
  osSleep(milliseconds);
#endif
}


DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){
  DWORD rc;
  while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE,
                                       TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){}
  return rc;
}


/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
................................................................................
  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
  if( *pArg<0 ){
    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
................................................................................
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));

  if( p ){
    pFd->nFetchOut--;
  }else{
    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
    ** is unnecessary can can be omitted - potentially improving
    ** performance.  */
    winUnmapfile(pFd);
  }

  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
#endif

  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
#else
  osSleep(milliseconds);
#endif
}

#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){
  DWORD rc;
  while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE,
                                       TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){}
  return rc;
}
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
................................................................................
  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n",
           pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
**
** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
*/
static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
  if( *pArg<0 ){
    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
................................................................................
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p));

  if( p ){
    pFd->nFetchOut--;
  }else{
    /* FIXME:  If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a
    ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call
    ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving
    ** performance.  */
    winUnmapfile(pFd);
  }

  assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 );
#endif

** 
** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
** 
** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
** of the database.
** 
** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
** 
** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
**     invoke it.)
................................................................................
**
** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
**
** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
** of hot-journal detection.
**
** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
................................................................................
** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
*/
#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */

/*
** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
** some of the more important member variables follows:
**
** eState
**
**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
**
................................................................................
  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */

  /**************************************************************************
  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
  ** "configuration" of the pager.
  */
  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
................................................................................
  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
  */
  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
  if( !zMasterJournal ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto delmaster_out;
  }
  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
................................................................................
**
** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
** the end of the new file instead.
**
** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
................................................................................
  }
  return iRet;
}

/*
** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 
** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
** master journal pointers within created journal files.
**
** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
**
** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
................................................................................
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pager_reset(pPager);
      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
      rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
    }




  }

  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
................................................................................
** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
** variable to locktype before returning.
*/
static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
  int rc;                              /* Return code */

  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
  ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
  */
  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
  );
................................................................................
  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
  **
  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
  **
  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  */
  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
................................................................................
            }
            if( !jrnlOpen ){
              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
            }
            *pExists = (first!=0);
          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
            ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
            ** worry so much with race conditions.
            */
................................................................................
** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
** is empty, return 0.
*/
int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
}
#endif

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */

** 
** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
** 
** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
** of the database.
** 
** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
** 
** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
**     invoke it.)
................................................................................
**
** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
**
** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
** of hot-journal detection.
**
** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
................................................................................
** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
*/
#define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */

/*
** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
** some of the more important member variables follows:
**
** eState
**
**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
**
................................................................................
  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
  u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */

  /**************************************************************************
  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
  ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
  ** "configuration" of the pager.
  */
  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
................................................................................
  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
  */
  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
  if( !zMasterJournal ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto delmaster_out;
  }
  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
................................................................................
**
** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
** the end of the new file instead.
**
** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
................................................................................
  }
  return iRet;
}

/*
** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 
** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
** master journal pointers within created journal files.
**
** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
**
** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
................................................................................
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pager_reset(pPager);


      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
      rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
    }
  }

  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
................................................................................
** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
** variable to locktype before returning.
*/
static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
  int rc;                              /* Return code */

  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
  ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
  */
  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
  );
................................................................................
  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
  **
  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
  **
  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it 
  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  */
  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
................................................................................
            }
            if( !jrnlOpen ){
              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
            }
            *pExists = (first!=0);
          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
            ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
            ** worry so much with race conditions.
            */
................................................................................
** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
** is empty, return 0.
*/
int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
}
#endif

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */

  A = pRhs;
}
%type multiselect_op {int}
multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION(OP).             {A = @OP;}
multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION ALL.             {A = TK_ALL;}
multiselect_op(A) ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT(OP).  {A = @OP;}
%endif SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
oneselect(A) ::= SELECT distinct(D) selcollist(W) from(X) where_opt(Y)
                 groupby_opt(P) having_opt(Q) orderby_opt(Z) limit_opt(L). {
  A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,W,X,Y,P,Q,Z,D,L.pLimit,L.pOffset);
























}
oneselect(A) ::= values(X).    {A = X;}

%type values {Select*}
%destructor values {sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
values(A) ::= VALUES LP nexprlist(X) RP. {
  A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,X,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);

  A = pRhs;
}
%type multiselect_op {int}
multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION(OP).             {A = @OP;}
multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION ALL.             {A = TK_ALL;}
multiselect_op(A) ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT(OP).  {A = @OP;}
%endif SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
oneselect(A) ::= SELECT(S) distinct(D) selcollist(W) from(X) where_opt(Y)
                 groupby_opt(P) having_opt(Q) orderby_opt(Z) limit_opt(L). {
  A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,W,X,Y,P,Q,Z,D,L.pLimit,L.pOffset);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  /* Populate the Select.zSelName[] string that is used to help with
  ** query planner debugging, to differentiate between multiple Select
  ** objects in a complex query.
  **
  ** If the SELECT keyword is immediately followed by a C-style comment
  ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that
  ** comment to be the zSelName value.  Otherwise, the label is #N where
  ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
  */
  if( A!=0 ){
    const char *z = S.z+6;
    int i;
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(A->zSelName), A->zSelName, "#%d",
                     ++pParse->nSelect);
    while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
    if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
      z += 2;
      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
      for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(A->zSelName), A->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
    }
  }
#endif /* SELECTRACE_ENABLED */
}
oneselect(A) ::= values(X).    {A = X;}

%type values {Select*}
%destructor values {sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
values(A) ::= VALUES LP nexprlist(X) RP. {
  A = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,X,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0);

# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
#else
# define expensive_assert(X)
#endif

/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/

#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
/*
** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
**
**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
*/
static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
  PgHdr *p;
  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
  }
  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */

/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE   1    /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD      2    /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT    3    /* Move pPage to the front of the list */

/*
** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
................................................................................
      if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
        assert( p->eCreate==1 );
        p->eCreate = 2;
      }
    }
    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
  }
  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
  
    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;


    }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
      assert( p->eCreate==2 );
      p->eCreate = 1;
    }
    p->pDirty = pPage;
    if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
    }

    if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      p->pSynced = pPage;
    }
    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
  }
}

/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
................................................................................


  /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
  ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
  ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
  ** unreferenced dirty page.
  */
  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
  for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
      pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
      pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
  );
  pCache->pSynced = pPg;
  if( !pPg ){
    for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
................................................................................
    pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
  }
  return pPgHdr;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){
    p->pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else{
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
    }
  }
}

/*

# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
#else
# define expensive_assert(X)
#endif

/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/


















/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE   1    /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD      2    /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT    3    /* Move pPage to the front of the list */

/*
** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
................................................................................
      if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
        assert( p->eCreate==1 );
        p->eCreate = 2;
      }
    }
    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;

  }
  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
  
    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
    }else{
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
      if( p->bPurgeable ){
        assert( p->eCreate==2 );
        p->eCreate = 1;
      }



    }
    p->pDirty = pPage;
    if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      p->pSynced = pPage;
    }

  }
}

/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
................................................................................


  /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
  ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
  ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
  ** unreferenced dirty page.
  */

  for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
      pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
      pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
  );
  pCache->pSynced = pPg;
  if( !pPg ){
    for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
................................................................................
    pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
  }
  return pPgHdr;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling.
*/
void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){
    p->pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);
    }
  }
}

/*

**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
*/

#include "sqliteInt.h"

typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;

/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
**
** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
**        one PGroup per PCache.

**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
*/

#include "sqliteInt.h"

typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;

/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
**
** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
**        one PGroup per PCache.

    }else{
      int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
      }







      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
        db->flags |= mask;
      }else{
        db->flags &= ~mask;
        if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
      }

    }else{
      int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
      }
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
      if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){
        /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */
        mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema);
      }
#endif

      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
        db->flags |= mask;
      }else{
        db->flags &= ~mask;
        if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
      }

  {
    char *zSql;
    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
    {
      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
      xAuth = db->xAuth;
      db->xAuth = 0;
#endif
      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
      db->xAuth = xAuth;
    }
................................................................................
** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
*/
int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
  int i, rc;
  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  rc = SQLITE_OK;
  db->init.busy = 1;
  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
    if( rc ){
      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
................................................................................
  }

  /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1)
                    && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
    if( rc ){
      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
    }
  }
#endif

  {
    char *zSql;
    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
    {
      sqlite3_xauth xAuth;
      xAuth = db->xAuth;
      db->xAuth = 0;
#endif
      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
      db->xAuth = xAuth;
    }
................................................................................
** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
*/
int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
  int i, rc;
  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
  rc = SQLITE_OK;
  db->init.busy = 1;
  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
    if( rc ){
      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
................................................................................
  }

  /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema
  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
  assert( db->nDb>1 );
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
    if( rc ){
      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
    }
  }
#endif

**
** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
** SQLlite.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
















/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
................................................................................
    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
  }else{
    bArgList = useIntern = 0;
  }
  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
    if( c!='%' ){
      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ){};




      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
      if( c==0 ) break;
    }
    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
      break;
    }
    /* Find out what flags are present */
    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
................................................................................
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
** to modify an existing string.  For example:
**
**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
**
*/
char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;

**
** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
** SQLlite.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** If the strchrnul() library function is available, then set
** HAVE_STRCHRNUL.  If that routine is not available, this module
** will supply its own.  The built-in version is slower than
** the glibc version so the glibc version is definitely preferred.
*/
#if !defined(HAVE_STRCHRNUL)
# if defined(linux)
#  define HAVE_STRCHRNUL 1
# else
#  define HAVE_STRCHRNUL 0
# endif
#endif


/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
................................................................................
    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
  }else{
    bArgList = useIntern = 0;
  }
  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
    if( c!='%' ){
      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL
      fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%');
#else
      do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' );
#endif
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt));
      if( *fmt==0 ) break;
    }
    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
      break;
    }
    /* Find out what flags are present */
    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
................................................................................
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
** the string and before returning.  This routine is intended to be used
** to modify an existing string.  For example:
**
**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
**
*/
char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;

            ** likelihood(X,0.9375).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X,0.9375). */
            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 62 : 938;
          }             
        }
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
      if( pDef ){
        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
                                    pDef->zName);
            pNC->nErr++;
          }
          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
          return WRC_Prune;
        }

        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant);
      }
#endif
      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
        is_agg = 0;
      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
................................................................................
        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
        pExpr->op2 = 0;
        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
          pExpr->op2++;
          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
        }




        if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;


        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
      }
      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
      ** type of the function 
      */
      return WRC_Prune;
    }
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
}

/*
** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
*/
static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
................................................................................
  
    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
    */
    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){

      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
    }else{
      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
    }
  
    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
    */
    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
................................................................................
** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
** if errors is returned.
*/
int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
){
  u8 savedHasAgg;
  Walker w;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  {
    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
      return 1;
    }
    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
  }
#endif
  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg;
  pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg;
  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
  w.u.pNC = pNC;
  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
................................................................................
  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
#endif
  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
  }
  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
    pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
  }

  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
}


/*
** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,

            ** likelihood(X,0.9375).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X,0.9375). */
            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 62 : 938;
          }             
        }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION

        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
                                    pDef->zName);
            pNC->nErr++;
          }
          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
          return WRC_Prune;
        }
#endif
        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant);
      }

      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
        is_agg = 0;
      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
................................................................................
        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
        pExpr->op2 = 0;
        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
          pExpr->op2++;
          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
        }
        assert( pDef!=0 );
        if( pNC2 ){
          assert( SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX==NC_MinMaxAgg );
          testcase( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)!=0 );
          pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg | (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX);

        }
        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
      }
      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
      ** type of the function 
      */
      return WRC_Prune;
    }
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
}

/*
** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendants.
*/
static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
................................................................................
  
    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
    */
    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
      assert( NC_MinMaxAgg==SF_MinMaxAgg );
      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate | (sNC.ncFlags&NC_MinMaxAgg);
    }else{
      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
    }
  
    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
    */
    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
................................................................................
** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
** if errors is returned.
*/
int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
){
  u16 savedHasAgg;
  Walker w;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  {
    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
      return 1;
    }
    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
  }
#endif
  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
  pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg);
  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
  w.u.pNC = pNC;
  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
................................................................................
  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
#endif
  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
  }
  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);


  }
  pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg;
  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
}


/*
** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,

** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
**
** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
** that is attempted.
**
** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
**
** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
**
** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires
** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at
** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
*/
int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;

  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );

** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
**
** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
** that is attempted.
**
** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometimes new memory
** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
**
** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
**
** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries
** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at
** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
*/
int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;

  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );

**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"















/*
** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
*/
typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
................................................................................
    pNew = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
  }
  assert( pNew!=&standin );
  return pNew;
}













/*
** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
*/
void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
  if( p ){
    clearSelect(db, p);
................................................................................
    pParse->nMem += nBase;
  }
  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
  if( bSeq ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
  }
  if( nPrefixReg==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData);
  }

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regRecord);
  if( nOBSat>0 ){
    int regPrevKey;   /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
    int addrFirst;    /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
    int addrJmp;      /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
................................................................................
    addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
  }
  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
    op = OP_SorterInsert;
  }else{
    op = OP_IdxInsert;
  }
................................................................................
**
** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
**
** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
** freed.
*/
static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
    }
  }
  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}

/*
** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
**
** All column names will be unique.
**
** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
................................................................................
    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
      break;
    }

    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
    */
    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
        char *zNewName;
        int k;
        for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
................................................................................
** optimized.
**
** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
** a single flat select, like this:
**
**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
**
** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
**
**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
................................................................................
**        single NULL.
**
**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
**
**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
**        aggregates.
**


**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
**        use LIMIT.
**
**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
**
**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
**
**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
................................................................................
**  (22)  The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
**
**  (23)  The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
**        compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
**        parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
**        recursive queries in multiSelect().
**





**
** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
**
** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
................................................................................
  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
  assert( pSub!=0 );
  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
  assert( pSubSrc );
  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
  ** and (14). */
  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
................................................................................
     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
  }
  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
  }
  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0;          /* Restriction (22)  */




  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ) return 0;       /* (23)  */



  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
  ** is not allowed:
  **
  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
................................................................................
      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
      }
    }
  }

  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/



  /* Authorize the subquery */
  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;

................................................................................
    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
    p->pOrderBy = 0;
    p->pSrc = 0;
    p->pPrior = 0;
    p->pLimit = 0;
    p->pOffset = 0;
    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);

    p->pOffset = pOffset;
    p->pLimit = pLimit;
    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
    p->pSrc = pSrc;
    p->op = TK_ALL;
    if( pNew==0 ){
      p->pPrior = pPrior;
    }else{
      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
      if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
      pNew->pNext = p;
      p->pPrior = pNew;



    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
  }

  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
  ** in the outer query.
  */
................................................................................
    }
    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    if( isAgg ){
      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    }
    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){














      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );

      pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    }
    if( pSub->pWhere ){
      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
    }else{
................................................................................

  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
  return eRet;
}

/*
** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
**
** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
................................................................................
**         element of the FROM clause.
**
**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
**         of the view.
**
**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
**
**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
**
................................................................................
      pTab->nRef++;
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);

        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
      }
#endif
    }

    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
................................................................................

  db = pParse->db;
  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));





  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
  */
  if( p->pPrior ){
    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);




    return rc;
  }
#endif

  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
................................................................................
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
  }

  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);




  return rc;
}

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p);
void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList);
void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent);

**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** Trace output macros
*/
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)  \
  if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K))   \
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s%s.%p: ",(P)->nSelectIndent*2-2,"",(S)->zSelName,(S)),\
    sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
#endif


/*
** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
*/
typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx;
................................................................................
    pNew = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
  }
  assert( pNew!=&standin );
  return pNew;
}

#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
/*
** Set the name of a Select object
*/
void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select *p, const char *zName){
  if( p && zName ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zSelName), p->zSelName, "%s", zName);
  }
}
#endif


/*
** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
*/
void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
  if( p ){
    clearSelect(db, p);
................................................................................
    pParse->nMem += nBase;
  }
  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP);
  if( bSeq ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
  }
  if( nPrefixReg==0 ){
    sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData);
  }

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regRecord);
  if( nOBSat>0 ){
    int regPrevKey;   /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */
    int addrFirst;    /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */
    int addrJmp;      /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */
................................................................................
    addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst);
    sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp);
  }
  if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){
    op = OP_SorterInsert;
  }else{
    op = OP_IdxInsert;
  }
................................................................................
**
** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
**
** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc.  The calling
** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
** freed.
*/
static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList,     /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */
  int iStart,          /* Begin with this column of pList */
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
    }
  }
  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}

/*
** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
**
** All column names will be unique.
**
** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
................................................................................
    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
      break;
    }

    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
    ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
    */
    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
        char *zNewName;
        int k;
        for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
................................................................................
** optimized.
**
** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
** a single flat select, like this:
**
**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
**
** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result
** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
**
**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
................................................................................
**        single NULL.
**
**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
**
**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
**        aggregates.
**
**  (**)  Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we
**        accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15.  Original
**        text: "The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
**        use LIMIT."
**
**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
**
**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
**
**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
................................................................................
**  (22)  The subquery is not a recursive CTE.
**
**  (23)  The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a
**        compound query. This restriction is because transforming the
**        parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles
**        recursive queries in multiSelect().
**
**  (24)  The subquery is not an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or 
**        or max() functions.  (Without this restriction, a query like:
**        "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily
**        return the value X for which Y was maximal.)
**
**
** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
**
** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
................................................................................
  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
  assert( pSub!=0 );
  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
  assert( pSubSrc );
  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
  ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
  ** and (14). */
  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){
    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
................................................................................
     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
  }
  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
  }
  testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive );
  testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_MinMaxAgg );
  if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive|SF_MinMaxAgg) ){
    return 0; /* Restrictions (22) and (24) */
  }
  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ){
    return 0; /* Restriction (23) */
  }

  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
  ** is not allowed:
  **
  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
................................................................................
      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
      }
    }
  }

  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %s.%p from term %d\n",
                   pSub->zSelName, pSub, iFrom));

  /* Authorize the subquery */
  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;

................................................................................
    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
    p->pOrderBy = 0;
    p->pSrc = 0;
    p->pPrior = 0;
    p->pLimit = 0;
    p->pOffset = 0;
    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
    sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, pSub->zSelName);
    p->pOffset = pOffset;
    p->pLimit = pLimit;
    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
    p->pSrc = pSrc;
    p->op = TK_ALL;
    if( pNew==0 ){
      p->pPrior = pPrior;
    }else{
      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
      if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
      pNew->pNext = p;
      p->pPrior = pNew;
      SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p,
         ("compound-subquery flattener creates %s.%p as peer\n",
         pNew->zSelName, pNew));
    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
  }

  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
  ** in the outer query.
  */
................................................................................
    }
    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    if( isAgg ){
      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    }
    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
      /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the
      ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th
      ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values
      ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent,
      ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause.
      **
      ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this
      ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent
      ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is
      ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f].  */
      ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
        pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
      }
      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
      assert( pSub->pPrior==0 );
      pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    }
    if( pSub->pWhere ){
      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
    }else{
................................................................................

  assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 );
  return eRet;
}

/*
** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
**
** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
................................................................................
**         element of the FROM clause.
**
**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
**         without worrying about messing up the persistent representation
**         of the view.
**
**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword
**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
**
**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
**
................................................................................
      pTab->nRef++;
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
        sqlite3SelectSetName(pFrom->pSelect, pTab->zName);
        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
      }
#endif
    }

    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
................................................................................

  db = pParse->db;
  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  pParse->nSelectIndent++;
  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing\n"));
#endif

  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo );
  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
  */
  if( p->pPrior ){
    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
    SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));
    pParse->nSelectIndent--;
#endif
    return rc;
  }
#endif

  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
................................................................................
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
  }

  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));
  pParse->nSelectIndent--;
#endif
  return rc;
}

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p);
void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList);
void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent);

#endif

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "sqlite3.h"



#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdarg.h>

#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32)
# include <signal.h>
# if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
#  include <pwd.h>
................................................................................
    }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){
      fprintf(stderr,"Error: querying schema information\n");
      rc = 1;
    }else{
      rc = 0;
    }
  }else










#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Undocumented commands for internal testing.  Subject to change
  ** without notice. */
  if( c=='s' && n>=10 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selftest-", 9)==0 ){
    if( strncmp(azArg[0]+9, "boolean", n-9)==0 ){
      int i, v;
................................................................................
      sqlite3_trace(p->db, 0, 0);
    }else{
      sqlite3_trace(p->db, sql_trace_callback, p->traceOut);
    }
#endif
  }else


































































  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "version", n)==0 ){
    fprintf(p->out, "SQLite %s %s\n" /*extra-version-info*/,
        sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
  }else

  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsname", n)==0 ){
    const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main";

#endif

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "sqlite3.h"
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
# include "sqlite3userauth.h"
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdarg.h>

#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32)
# include <signal.h>
# if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
#  include <pwd.h>
................................................................................
    }else if( rc != SQLITE_OK ){
      fprintf(stderr,"Error: querying schema information\n");
      rc = 1;
    }else{
      rc = 0;
    }
  }else


#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
  if( c=='s' && n==11 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selecttrace", n)==0 ){
    extern int sqlite3SelectTrace;
    sqlite3SelectTrace = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 0xff;
  }else
#endif


#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Undocumented commands for internal testing.  Subject to change
  ** without notice. */
  if( c=='s' && n>=10 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selftest-", 9)==0 ){
    if( strncmp(azArg[0]+9, "boolean", n-9)==0 ){
      int i, v;
................................................................................
      sqlite3_trace(p->db, 0, 0);
    }else{
      sqlite3_trace(p->db, sql_trace_callback, p->traceOut);
    }
#endif
  }else

#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  if( c=='u' && strncmp(azArg[0], "user", n)==0 ){
    if( nArg<2 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .user SUBCOMMAND ...\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    open_db(p, 0);
    if( strcmp(azArg[1],"login")==0 ){
      if( nArg!=4 ){
        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .user login USER PASSWORD\n");
        rc = 1;
        goto meta_command_exit;
      }
      rc = sqlite3_user_authenticate(p->db, azArg[2], azArg[3],
                                    (int)strlen(azArg[3]));
      if( rc ){
        fprintf(stderr, "Authentication failed for user %s\n", azArg[2]);
        rc = 1;
      }
    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"add")==0 ){
      if( nArg!=5 ){
        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .user add USER PASSWORD ISADMIN\n");
        rc = 1;
        goto meta_command_exit;
      }
      rc = sqlite3_user_add(p->db, azArg[2],
                            azArg[3], (int)strlen(azArg[3]),
                            booleanValue(azArg[4]));
      if( rc ){
        fprintf(stderr, "User-Add failed: %d\n", rc);
        rc = 1;
      }
    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"edit")==0 ){
      if( nArg!=5 ){
        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .user edit USER PASSWORD ISADMIN\n");
        rc = 1;
        goto meta_command_exit;
      }
      rc = sqlite3_user_change(p->db, azArg[2],
                              azArg[3], (int)strlen(azArg[3]),
                              booleanValue(azArg[4]));
      if( rc ){
        fprintf(stderr, "User-Edit failed: %d\n", rc);
        rc = 1;
      }
    }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"delete")==0 ){
      if( nArg!=3 ){
        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .user delete USER\n");
        rc = 1;
        goto meta_command_exit;
      }
      rc = sqlite3_user_delete(p->db, azArg[2]);
      if( rc ){
        fprintf(stderr, "User-Delete failed: %d\n", rc);
        rc = 1;
      }
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .user login|add|edit|delete ...\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }    
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "version", n)==0 ){
    fprintf(p->out, "SQLite %s %s\n" /*extra-version-info*/,
        sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
  }else

  if( c=='v' && strncmp(azArg[0], "vfsname", n)==0 ){
    const char *zDbName = nArg==2 ? azArg[1] : "main";

#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))


/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
**
** These bit values are intended for use in the
** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
................................................................................
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
**
** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

................................................................................
**
** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
** a NULL pointer.




**
** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().

** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.

** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
** is not freed.



**










** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()

** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
** option is used.
**
** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
................................................................................
** not yet been released.
**
** The application must not read or write any part of
** a block of memory after it has been released using
** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
*/
void *sqlite3_malloc(int);

void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);

void sqlite3_free(void*);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
**
** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
................................................................................
** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
** is negative, then the length of the string is
** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
** the behavior is undefined.
** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()

** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
** with embedded NULs is undefined.
**
** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
................................................................................
** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
** ^If the fifth argument is
** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.








**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
** content is later written using
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
................................................................................
** result is undefined and probably harmful.
**
** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
** [error code] if anything goes wrong.



** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));


int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));


int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
................................................................................
** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
**
** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
** object results in undefined behavior.
**
** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
................................................................................
** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
** value given in the 2nd argument.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.




** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
** through the first zero character.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
................................................................................
** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
**
** If these routines are called from within the different thread
** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
*/
void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));

void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));


void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);

/*
................................................................................
** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
** memory already being in use.
** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
** the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have

#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER               (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
**
** These bit values are intended for use in the
** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
................................................................................
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] at any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
**
** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

................................................................................
**
** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
** a NULL pointer.
**
** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
** of a signed 32-bit integer.
**
** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.

** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
** sqlite3_malloc(N).
** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling

** sqlite3_free(X).
** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
** prior allocation is not freed.
**
** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
** of a 32-bit signed integer.
**
** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
**
** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
** option is used.
**
** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
................................................................................
** not yet been released.
**
** The application must not read or write any part of
** a block of memory after it has been released using
** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
*/
void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
void sqlite3_free(void*);
sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
**
** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
................................................................................
** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
** is negative, then the length of the string is
** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
** the behavior is undefined.
** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
** that parameter must be the byte offset
** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
** with embedded NULs is undefined.
**
** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
................................................................................
** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
** ^If the fifth argument is
** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
**
** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter.  If
** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not how of the
** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
** is undefined.
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
** content is later written using
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
................................................................................
** result is undefined and probably harmful.
**
** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
                        void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
................................................................................
** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
**
** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
** object results in undefined behavior.
**
** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
................................................................................
** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
** value given in the 2nd argument.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be()
** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
** through the first zero character.
** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
................................................................................
** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
**
** If these routines are called from within the different thread
** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
*/
void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);

/*
................................................................................
** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
** memory already being in use.
** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
** the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have

/*
** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
** routines.
**
** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
** libraries!
*/
struct sqlite3_api_routines {
  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
................................................................................
  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
  char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);

















};

/*
** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
**
** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
................................................................................
#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2













#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
  ** extension */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;

/*
** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
** routines.
**
** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared
** libraries!
*/
struct sqlite3_api_routines {
  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
................................................................................
  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
  char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
  int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
  int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
                     void(*)(void*));
  int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
                      void(*)(void*),unsigned char);
  int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
  int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**);
  void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64);
  sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*);
  void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64);
  void (*reset_auto_extension)(void);
  void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
                        void(*)(void*));
  void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char);
  int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*);
};

/*
** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure.
**
** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
................................................................................
#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->vsnprintf
#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
/* Version 3.8.7 and later */
#define sqlite3_auto_extension         sqlite3_api->auto_extension
#define sqlite3_bind_blob64            sqlite3_api->bind_blob64
#define sqlite3_bind_text64            sqlite3_api->bind_text64
#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension  sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension
#define sqlite3_load_extension         sqlite3_api->load_extension
#define sqlite3_malloc64               sqlite3_api->malloc64
#define sqlite3_msize                  sqlite3_api->msize
#define sqlite3_realloc64              sqlite3_api->realloc64
#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension   sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension
#define sqlite3_result_blob64          sqlite3_api->result_blob64
#define sqlite3_result_text64          sqlite3_api->result_text64
#define sqlite3_strglob                sqlite3_api->strglob
#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
  ** extension */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;

# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif










/*
** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
................................................................................
#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
#endif

/* Needed for various definitions... */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif

#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
# define _BSD_SOURCE
#endif

/*
** Include standard header files as necessary
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
................................................................................
# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
#else
# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
# define NEVER(X)       (X)
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
*/
#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)

/*
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
................................................................................

/*
** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
** all alignment restrictions correct.
**
** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
#else
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
#endif
................................................................................
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
#endif











/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
**
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
................................................................................
**
** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
*/
struct FuncDefHash {
  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
};








































/*
** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3 {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
................................................................................
  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
  union {
    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
  } u1;
  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
                                /* Access authorization function */
  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
#endif
................................................................................
  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
  **
  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
  **
................................................................................
  */
  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
#endif



};

/*
** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
*/
#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)

................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
#define SQLITE_Stat3          0x0800   /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */
#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst   0x1000   /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */
#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x040 /* Built-in length() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */


/*
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
**
**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
................................................................................
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \



   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}

/*
** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
** OP_Savepoint instruction.
................................................................................
/*
** Column affinity types.
**
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
**
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
**
** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'

#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)

/*
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
** affinity value. 
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67

/*
** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
** changing the affinity.
**
** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
*/
#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x88  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */

/*
** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
** the database schema. 
**
** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
  u8 ncFlags;          /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
};

/*
** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.




*/
#define NC_AllowAgg  0x01    /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
#define NC_HasAgg    0x02    /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
#define NC_IsCheck   0x04    /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08    /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
#define NC_PartIdx   0x10    /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */


/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
**
** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
................................................................................
** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
*/
struct Select {
  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */



  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
  u64 nSelectRow;        /* Estimated number of result rows */
  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
................................................................................
*/
#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
                    /*     0x0040  NOT USED */
#define SF_Values          0x0080  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
                    /*     0x0100  NOT USED */
#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0200  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0400  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_Recursive       0x0800  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
#define SF_Compound        0x1000  /* Part of a compound query */


/*
** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
** Type".
**
................................................................................
  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */




#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */

  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)


/*
** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif

/*
** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
................................................................................
*/
#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp

int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
................................................................................
void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);





void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
................................................................................
void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
#endif

/*
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
#endif

void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);

# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/* Needed for various definitions... */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
# define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif

#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE)
# define _BSD_SOURCE
#endif

/*
** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this
** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and
** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block
................................................................................
#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
#endif










/*
** Include standard header files as necessary
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
................................................................................
# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
#else
# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
# define NEVER(X)       (X)
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large
** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
*/
#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)

/*
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
................................................................................

/*
** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
** all alignment restrictions correct.
**
** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned
** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
#else
# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
#endif
................................................................................
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1
#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
#endif

/*
** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not
** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
#else
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
**
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
................................................................................
**
** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
*/
struct FuncDefHash {
  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
};

#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used
** to manage user authentication.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth;
struct sqlite3_userauth {
  u8 authLevel;                 /* Current authentication level */
  int nAuthPW;                  /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */
  char *zAuthPW;                /* Password used to authenticate */
  char *zAuthUser;              /* User name used to authenticate */
};

/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */
#define UAUTH_Unknown     0     /* Authentication not yet checked */
#define UAUTH_Fail        1     /* User authentication failed */
#define UAUTH_User        2     /* Authenticated as a normal user */
#define UAUTH_Admin       3     /* Authenticated as an administrator */

/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */
int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*);
int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*);
void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);

#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

/*
** typedef for the authorization callback function.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
                               const char*, const char*);
#else
  typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,
                               const char*);
#endif


/*
** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3 {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
................................................................................
  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
  union {
    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
  } u1;
  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION

  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;          /* Access authorization function */
  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
  unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
#endif
................................................................................
  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
  i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
  **
  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
  **
................................................................................
  */
  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  sqlite3_userauth auth;        /* User authentication information */
#endif
};

/*
** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
*/
#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)

................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x0020   /* DISTINCT using indexes */
#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x0040   /* Covering index scans */
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine  0x0100   /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0200   /* Transitive constraints */
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0400   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
#define SQLITE_Stat3          0x0800   /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */

#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x040 /* Built-in length() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX  0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */

/*
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
**
**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
................................................................................
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \
   (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
#define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \
  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \
   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}

/*
** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
** OP_Savepoint instruction.
................................................................................
/*
** Column affinity types.
**
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
**
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'.  That way,
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
**
** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
** for a numeric type is a single comparison.  And the NONE type is first.
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'A'
#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'B'
#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'C'
#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'D'
#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'E'

#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)

/*
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
** affinity value. 
*/
#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x47

/*
** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
** changing the affinity.
**
** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL.
** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison
** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to
** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL.
*/
#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x10  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x20  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
#define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x90  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */

/*
** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
** the database schema. 
**
** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
  u16 ncFlags;         /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
};

/*
** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
**
** Note:  NC_MinMaxAgg must have the same value as SF_MinMaxAgg and
** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX.
** 
*/
#define NC_AllowAgg  0x0001  /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
#define NC_HasAgg    0x0002  /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
#define NC_IsCheck   0x0004  /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
#define NC_InAggFunc 0x0008  /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
#define NC_PartIdx   0x0010  /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */
#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000  /* min/max aggregates seen.  See note above */

/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
**
** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
................................................................................
** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
*/
struct Select {
  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  char zSelName[12];     /* Symbolic name of this SELECT use for debugging */
#endif
  int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
  u64 nSelectRow;        /* Estimated number of result rows */
  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
................................................................................
*/
#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
#define SF_Compound        0x0040  /* Part of a compound query */
#define SF_Values          0x0080  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
                    /*     0x0100  NOT USED */
#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0200  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0400  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_Recursive       0x0800  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
#define SF_MinMaxAgg       0x1000  /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */


/*
** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
** Type".
**
................................................................................
  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT statements seen */
  int nSelectIndent;   /* How far to indent SELECTTRACE() output */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */

  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)


/*
** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also call
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif

/*
** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
................................................................................
*/
#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp

int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
void *sqlite3Malloc(u64);
void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64);
void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64);
void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64);
char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64);
void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64);
void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64);
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
................................................................................
void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*);
void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*);
Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select*,const char*);
#else
# define sqlite3SelectSetName(A,B)
#endif
void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
................................................................................
void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**);
#endif

/*
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64));
void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
#endif

void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
typedef struct TabResult {
  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
  int nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
  int nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
  int nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
  int nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
} TabResult;

/*
** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
** memory as necessary.
................................................................................
    need = nCol*2;
  }else{
    need = nCol;
  }
  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
    char **azNew;
    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
    p->azResult = azNew;
  }

  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
  ** the names of all columns.
  */
................................................................................
  if( p->nRow==0 ){
    p->nColumn = nCol;
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
    }
  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
    );
    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    return 1;
  }
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
*/
void sqlite3_free_table(
  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
){
  if( azResult ){
    int i, n;
    azResult--;
    assert( azResult!=0 );
    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
    sqlite3_free(azResult);
  }
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
typedef struct TabResult {
  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
  u32 nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
  u32 nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
  u32 nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
  u32 nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
} TabResult;

/*
** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
** memory as necessary.
................................................................................
    need = nCol*2;
  }else{
    need = nCol;
  }
  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
    char **azNew;
    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
    azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
    p->azResult = azNew;
  }

  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
  ** the names of all columns.
  */
................................................................................
  if( p->nRow==0 ){
    p->nColumn = nCol;
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
    }
  }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){
    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
    );
    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    return 1;
  }
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
*/
void sqlite3_free_table(
  char **azResult            /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */
){
  if( azResult ){
    int i, n;
    azResult--;
    assert( azResult!=0 );
    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
    sqlite3_free(azResult);
  }
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
    rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, 0);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
  }else{
    /* If there are arguments to the function, make a shallow copy of the
    ** script object, lappend the arguments, then evaluate the copy.
    **
    ** By "shallow" copy, we mean a only the outer list Tcl_Obj is duplicated.
    ** The new Tcl_Obj contains pointers to the original list elements. 
    ** That way, when Tcl_EvalObjv() is run and shimmers the first element
    ** of the list to tclCmdNameType, that alternate representation will
    ** be preserved and reused on the next invocation.
    */
    Tcl_Obj **aArg;
    int nArg;
................................................................................
static int auth_callback(
  void *pArg,
  int code,
  const char *zArg1,
  const char *zArg2,
  const char *zArg3,
  const char *zArg4



){
  const char *zCode;
  Tcl_DString str;
  int rc;
  const char *zReply;
  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)pArg;
  if( pDb->disableAuth ) return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zAuth, -1);
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zCode);
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg1 ? zArg1 : "");
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg2 ? zArg2 : "");
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg3 ? zArg3 : "");
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg4 ? zArg4 : "");



  rc = Tcl_GlobalEval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
  zReply = rc==TCL_OK ? Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp) : "SQLITE_DENY";
  if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_OK")==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_DENY")==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
................................................................................
      if( zAuth && len>0 ){
        pDb->zAuth = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
        memcpy(pDb->zAuth, zAuth, len+1);
      }else{
        pDb->zAuth = 0;
      }
      if( pDb->zAuth ){



        pDb->interp = interp;
        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, auth_callback, pDb);
      }else{
        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, 0, 0);
      }
    }
#endif
    break;
  }

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
    rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, 0);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
  }else{
    /* If there are arguments to the function, make a shallow copy of the
    ** script object, lappend the arguments, then evaluate the copy.
    **
    ** By "shallow" copy, we mean only the outer list Tcl_Obj is duplicated.
    ** The new Tcl_Obj contains pointers to the original list elements. 
    ** That way, when Tcl_EvalObjv() is run and shimmers the first element
    ** of the list to tclCmdNameType, that alternate representation will
    ** be preserved and reused on the next invocation.
    */
    Tcl_Obj **aArg;
    int nArg;
................................................................................
static int auth_callback(
  void *pArg,
  int code,
  const char *zArg1,
  const char *zArg2,
  const char *zArg3,
  const char *zArg4
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  ,const char *zArg5
#endif
){
  const char *zCode;
  Tcl_DString str;
  int rc;
  const char *zReply;
  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)pArg;
  if( pDb->disableAuth ) return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zAuth, -1);
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zCode);
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg1 ? zArg1 : "");
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg2 ? zArg2 : "");
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg3 ? zArg3 : "");
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg4 ? zArg4 : "");
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg5 ? zArg5 : "");
#endif  
  rc = Tcl_GlobalEval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
  zReply = rc==TCL_OK ? Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp) : "SQLITE_DENY";
  if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_OK")==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_DENY")==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
................................................................................
      if( zAuth && len>0 ){
        pDb->zAuth = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
        memcpy(pDb->zAuth, zAuth, len+1);
      }else{
        pDb->zAuth = 0;
      }
      if( pDb->zAuth ){
        typedef int (*sqlite3_auth_cb)(
           void*,int,const char*,const char*,
           const char*,const char*);
        pDb->interp = interp;
        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db,(sqlite3_auth_cb)auth_callback,pDb);
      }else{
        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, 0, 0);
      }
    }
#endif
    break;
  }

**   "test_collate <enc> <lhs> <rhs>"
**
** The <lhs> and <rhs> are the two values being compared, encoded in UTF-8.
** The <enc> parameter is the encoding of the collation function that
** SQLite selected to call. The TCL test script implements the
** "test_collate" proc.
**
** Note that this will only work with one intepreter at a time, as the
** interp pointer to use when evaluating the TCL script is stored in
** pTestCollateInterp.
*/
static Tcl_Interp* pTestCollateInterp;
static int test_collate_func(
  void *pCtx, 
  int nA, const void *zA,
................................................................................
  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** Usage: sqlite3_prepare_tkt3134 DB
**
** Generate a prepared statement for a zero-byte string as a test
** for ticket #3134.  The string should be preceeded by a zero byte.
*/
static int test_prepare_tkt3134(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
................................................................................
  return TCL_OK;
 sql_error:
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "sql error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
  return TCL_ERROR;
}
































































































































/*
** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
*/
int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
  extern int sqlite3_found_count;
  extern int sqlite3_interrupt_count;
................................................................................
     { "sqlite3_test_control", test_test_control },
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
     { "getrusage", test_getrusage },
#endif
     { "load_static_extension", tclLoadStaticExtensionCmd },
     { "sorter_test_fakeheap", sorter_test_fakeheap },
     { "sorter_test_sort4_helper", sorter_test_sort4_helper },







  };
  static int bitmask_size = sizeof(Bitmask)*8;
  int i;
  extern int sqlite3_sync_count, sqlite3_fullsync_count;
  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;

**   "test_collate <enc> <lhs> <rhs>"
**
** The <lhs> and <rhs> are the two values being compared, encoded in UTF-8.
** The <enc> parameter is the encoding of the collation function that
** SQLite selected to call. The TCL test script implements the
** "test_collate" proc.
**
** Note that this will only work with one interpreter at a time, as the
** interp pointer to use when evaluating the TCL script is stored in
** pTestCollateInterp.
*/
static Tcl_Interp* pTestCollateInterp;
static int test_collate_func(
  void *pCtx, 
  int nA, const void *zA,
................................................................................
  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** Usage: sqlite3_prepare_tkt3134 DB
**
** Generate a prepared statement for a zero-byte string as a test
** for ticket #3134.  The string should be preceded by a zero byte.
*/
static int test_prepare_tkt3134(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
................................................................................
  return TCL_OK;
 sql_error:
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "sql error: ", sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
  return TCL_ERROR;
}


#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
#include "sqlite3userauth.h"
/*
** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_authenticate DB USERNAME PASSWORD
*/
static int test_user_authenticate(
  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  char *zUser = 0;
  char *zPasswd = 0;
  int nPasswd = 0;
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;

  if( objc!=4 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME PASSWORD");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
  zPasswd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nPasswd);
  rc = sqlite3_user_authenticate(db, zUser, zPasswd, nPasswd);
  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_add DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN
*/
static int test_user_add(
  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  char *zUser = 0;
  char *zPasswd = 0;
  int nPasswd = 0;
  int isAdmin = 0;
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;

  if( objc!=5 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
  zPasswd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nPasswd);
  Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &isAdmin);
  rc = sqlite3_user_add(db, zUser, zPasswd, nPasswd, isAdmin);
  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_change DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN
*/
static int test_user_change(
  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  char *zUser = 0;
  char *zPasswd = 0;
  int nPasswd = 0;
  int isAdmin = 0;
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;

  if( objc!=5 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME PASSWORD ISADMIN");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
  zPasswd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nPasswd);
  Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &isAdmin);
  rc = sqlite3_user_change(db, zUser, zPasswd, nPasswd, isAdmin);
  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
/*
** tclcmd:  sqlite3_user_delete DB USERNAME
*/
static int test_user_delete(
  ClientData clientData, /* Unused */
  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
){
  char *zUser = 0;
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;

  if( objc!=3 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB USERNAME");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ){
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  zUser = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
  rc = sqlite3_user_delete(db, zUser);
  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)t1ErrorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */

/*
** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
*/
int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
  extern int sqlite3_found_count;
  extern int sqlite3_interrupt_count;
................................................................................
     { "sqlite3_test_control", test_test_control },
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
     { "getrusage", test_getrusage },
#endif
     { "load_static_extension", tclLoadStaticExtensionCmd },
     { "sorter_test_fakeheap", sorter_test_fakeheap },
     { "sorter_test_sort4_helper", sorter_test_sort4_helper },
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
     { "sqlite3_user_authenticate", test_user_authenticate, 0 },
     { "sqlite3_user_add",          test_user_add,          0 },
     { "sqlite3_user_change",       test_user_change,       0 },
     { "sqlite3_user_delete",       test_user_delete,       0 },
#endif

  };
  static int bitmask_size = sizeof(Bitmask)*8;
  int i;
  extern int sqlite3_sync_count, sqlite3_fullsync_count;
  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "secure_delete", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "secure_delete", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif







#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "multiplex_ext_overwrite", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "multiplex_ext_overwrite", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "secure_delete", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "secure_delete", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "userauth", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "userauth", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_MULTIPLEX_EXT_OVWR
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "multiplex_ext_overwrite", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "multiplex_ext_overwrite", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

    pHdr += sqlite3GetVarint(pHdr, &iSerialType);
    pBody += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pBody, (u32)iSerialType, &mem);

    if( iCurrent==iIdx ){
      sqlite3_result_value(context, &mem);
    }

    sqlite3DbFree(db, mem.zMalloc);
  }
}

/*
** tclcmd: test_decode(record)
**
** This function implements an SQL user-function that accepts a blob
................................................................................

      default:
        assert( 0 );
    }

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, pVal);

    if( mem.zMalloc ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, mem.zMalloc);
    }
  }

  sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
}

    pHdr += sqlite3GetVarint(pHdr, &iSerialType);
    pBody += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pBody, (u32)iSerialType, &mem);

    if( iCurrent==iIdx ){
      sqlite3_result_value(context, &mem);
    }

    if( mem.szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, mem.zMalloc);
  }
}

/*
** tclcmd: test_decode(record)
**
** This function implements an SQL user-function that accepts a blob
................................................................................

      default:
        assert( 0 );
    }

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, pVal);

    if( mem.szMalloc ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, mem.zMalloc);
    }
  }

  sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
}

  void (*xFree)(void*);     /* Function used to free a[] */
};

/* Objects used internally by the virtual table implementation */
typedef struct intarray_vtab intarray_vtab;
typedef struct intarray_cursor intarray_cursor;

/* A intarray table object */
struct intarray_vtab {
  sqlite3_vtab base;            /* Base class */
  sqlite3_intarray *pContent;   /* Content of the integer array */
};

/* A intarray cursor object */
struct intarray_cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;    /* Base class */
  int i;                       /* Current cursor position */
};

/*
** None of this works unless we have virtual tables.

  void (*xFree)(void*);     /* Function used to free a[] */
};

/* Objects used internally by the virtual table implementation */
typedef struct intarray_vtab intarray_vtab;
typedef struct intarray_cursor intarray_cursor;

/* An intarray table object */
struct intarray_vtab {
  sqlite3_vtab base;            /* Base class */
  sqlite3_intarray *pContent;   /* Content of the integer array */
};

/* An intarray cursor object */
struct intarray_cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;    /* Base class */
  int i;                       /* Current cursor position */
};

/*
** None of this works unless we have virtual tables.

    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  nPending = faultsimPending();
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nPending));
  return TCL_OK;
}








/*
** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_settitle TITLE
**
** Set a title string stored with each allocation.  The TITLE is
** typically the name of the test that was running when the
** allocation occurred.  The TITLE is stored with the allocation
................................................................................
*/
static int test_memdebug_settitle(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){

  if( objc!=2 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "TITLE");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  {
    const char *zTitle;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Usage:    sqlite3_config_scratch SIZE N
**
** Set the scratch memory buffer using SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH.
** The buffer is static and is of limited size.  N might be
** adjusted downward as needed to accomodate the requested size.
** The revised value of N is returned.
**
** A negative SIZE causes the buffer pointer to be NULL.
*/
static int test_config_scratch(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
}

/*
** Usage:    sqlite3_config_pagecache SIZE N
**
** Set the page-cache memory buffer using SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
** The buffer is static and is of limited size.  N might be
** adjusted downward as needed to accomodate the requested size.
** The revised value of N is returned.
**
** A negative SIZE causes the buffer pointer to be NULL.
*/
static int test_config_pagecache(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,

    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  nPending = faultsimPending();
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nPending));
  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** The following global variable keeps track of the number of tests
** that have run.  This variable is only useful when running in the
** debugger.
*/
static int sqlite3_memdebug_title_count = 0;

/*
** Usage:    sqlite3_memdebug_settitle TITLE
**
** Set a title string stored with each allocation.  The TITLE is
** typically the name of the test that was running when the
** allocation occurred.  The TITLE is stored with the allocation
................................................................................
*/
static int test_memdebug_settitle(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  sqlite3_memdebug_title_count++;
  if( objc!=2 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "TITLE");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  {
    const char *zTitle;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Usage:    sqlite3_config_scratch SIZE N
**
** Set the scratch memory buffer using SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH.
** The buffer is static and is of limited size.  N might be
** adjusted downward as needed to accommodate the requested size.
** The revised value of N is returned.
**
** A negative SIZE causes the buffer pointer to be NULL.
*/
static int test_config_scratch(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
}

/*
** Usage:    sqlite3_config_pagecache SIZE N
**
** Set the page-cache memory buffer using SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
** The buffer is static and is of limited size.  N might be
** adjusted downward as needed to accommodate the requested size.
** The revised value of N is returned.
**
** A negative SIZE causes the buffer pointer to be NULL.
*/
static int test_config_pagecache(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,

      while( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pDbList) ){
        rc = finalize(&pCur->pDbList);
        goto next_exit;
      }

      /* Set zSql to the SQL to pull the list of tables from the 
      ** sqlite_master (or sqlite_temp_master) table of the database
      ** identfied by the row pointed to by the SQL statement pCur->pDbList
      ** (iterating through a "PRAGMA database_list;" statement).
      */
      if( sqlite3_column_int(pCur->pDbList, 0)==1 ){
        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
            "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'"
        );
      }else{

      while( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pDbList) ){
        rc = finalize(&pCur->pDbList);
        goto next_exit;
      }

      /* Set zSql to the SQL to pull the list of tables from the 
      ** sqlite_master (or sqlite_temp_master) table of the database
      ** identified by the row pointed to by the SQL statement pCur->pDbList
      ** (iterating through a "PRAGMA database_list;" statement).
      */
      if( sqlite3_column_int(pCur->pDbList, 0)==1 ){
        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
            "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'"
        );
      }else{

** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
** end result.
**
** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
................................................................................
  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }
  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  pParse->zTail = zSql;
  i = 0;
  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
  if( pEngine==0 ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );

** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
** end result.
**
** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
** middle of identifiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
................................................................................
  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }
  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  pParse->zTail = zSql;
  i = 0;
  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc);
  if( pEngine==0 ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );

  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
  **
  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
  **
  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER.
  */
  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
  }

  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,

  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
  **
  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
  **
  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER.
  */
  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
  }

  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,

  /* Start the view context. */
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
  }

  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
  }
#endif

................................................................................
    }
    if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
    }
  }

  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
  ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
  ** made by triggers.
  **
  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
................................................................................
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
  return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
**
** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
** for each row to be changed:
**
**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
**
** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
**
** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
**
** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
*/

  /* Start the view context. */
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
  }

  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
  ** an ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur);
  }
#endif

................................................................................
    }
    if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
    }
  }

  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
  ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new
  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
  ** made by triggers.
  **
  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
................................................................................
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
  return;
}
/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
#ifdef isView
 #undef isView
#endif
#ifdef pTrigger
 #undef pTrigger
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
**
** The strategy is that we create an ephemeral table that contains
** for each row to be changed:
**
**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
**
** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
** the ephemeral table call VUpdate.
**
** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
**
** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
*/

      }
    }
    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
  }
  *z = 0;
  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );


  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);

  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term);
  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;


translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);

      }
    }
    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
  }
  *z = 0;
  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );

  c = pMem->flags;
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);

  pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&MEM_AffMask);
  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;

  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
  pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);

translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);

** is added to the dequoted string.
**
** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
** occur.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  char quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return -1;
  quote = z[0];

** is added to the dequoted string.
**
** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
** occur.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifiers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  char quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return -1;
  quote = z[0];

**        original database.
**
** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
** equal to the size of the original database.  The copy operation of
** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
** orginal database is required.  Every page of the database is written
** approximately 3 times:  Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
**
** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database

**        original database.
**
** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately
** equal to the size of the original database.  The copy operation of
** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal
** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal.
** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the
** original database is required.  Every page of the database is written
** approximately 3 times:  Once for step (2) and twice for step (3).
** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original
** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to
** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content.
**
** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if
** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database

      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);

  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
  }
  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
    memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
    pCx->iDb = iDb;
    pCx->nField = nField;
    if( isBtreeCursor ){
      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
................................................................................
** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){
  double rValue;
  i64 iValue;
  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
  if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
  }
}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
................................................................................
**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
*/
static void applyAffinity(
  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
){










  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
    }
  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
        applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
................................................................................
){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}

/*
** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->r and pMem->u.i fields
** accordingly.
*/
static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
    return MEM_Int;
  }
  return MEM_Real;
}

/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
** none.  
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    return computeNumericType(pMem);
................................................................................
    printf(" NULL");
  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
    printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
    printf(" r:%g", p->r);
#endif
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
    printf(" (rowset)");
  }else{
    char zBuf[200];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
    printf(" %s", zBuf);
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
................................................................................
  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
    assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
    assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
    }
    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
................................................................................
  u16 nullFlag;
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
    cnt--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
................................................................................
** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.  It is an error
** for P3 to be less than 1.
*/
case OP_Move: {
  char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */

  n = pOp->p3;
  p1 = pOp->p1;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
................................................................................
  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
  pOut = &aMem[p2];
  do{
    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
    zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
    memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem));
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
      pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
    }
#endif
    pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
    pIn1->xDel = 0;
    pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
    pIn1++;
    pOut++;
  }while( --n );
  break;
}

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    pOut->u.i = rB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
#else
    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
    }
    pOut->r = rB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
    if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
    }
#endif
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** <li value="100"> INTEGER
** <li value="101"> REAL
** </ul>
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_Cast: {                  /* in1 */
  assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
................................................................................
        }
      }
      break;
    }
  }else{
    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
    if( affinity ){

      applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);


      applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
    }












    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );

    ExpandBlob(pIn1);



    ExpandBlob(pIn3);



    res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
  }
  switch( pOp->opcode ){
    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
................................................................................
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
    if( res ){
      pc = pOp->p2-1;
    }
  }
  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
  pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1&MEM_TypeMask);
  pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3&MEM_TypeMask);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
................................................................................
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);

  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
**
................................................................................
** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
*/
case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);

  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2. 
................................................................................
** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
*/
case OP_Column: {
  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
  int i;             /* Loop counter */
  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
  const u8 *zData;   /* Part of the record being decoded */
  const u8 *zHdr;    /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
  const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
  u32 avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */

  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */

  p2 = pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( p2<pC->nField );
  aType = pC->aType;
  aOffset = aType + pC->nField;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */
#endif
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */
  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow );          /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */

................................................................................
    if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto op_column_error;
    }
  }

  /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
  ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and aType[].
  */
  if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
    /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
    ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field 
    */
    if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
      /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
................................................................................
          goto op_column_error;
        }
        zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
      }else{
        zData = pC->aRow;
      }
  
      /* Fill in aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
      i = pC->nHdrParsed;
      offset = aOffset[i];
      zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
      zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
      assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
      do{
        if( zHdr[0]<0x80 ){
          t = zHdr[0];
          zHdr++;
        }else{
          zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
        }
        aType[i] = t;
        szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
        offset += szField;
        if( offset<szField ){  /* True if offset overflows */
          zHdr = &zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
          break;
        }
        i++;
................................................................................
        MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
      }
      goto op_column_out;
    }
  }

  /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column.  Control can only
  ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and aType[p2] are
  ** all valid.
  */
  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );


  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
  }else{
    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
    t = aType[p2];
    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
    ){
      /* Content is irrelevant for the typeof() function and for
      ** the length(X) function if X is a blob.  So we might as well use
      ** bogus content rather than reading content from disk.  NULL works
      ** for text and blob and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable
      ** will work for everything else.  Content is also irrelevant if
      ** the content length is 0. */
      zData = t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0;
      sMem.zMalloc = 0;
    }else{
      memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable,
                                   &sMem);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto op_column_error;
      }
      zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest);
    /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
    ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
    ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
    ** This prevents a memory copy. */
    if( sMem.zMalloc ){
      assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
      assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest)==0 );
      assert( (pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))==0 || pDest->z==sMem.z );
      pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
      pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
      pDest->z = sMem.z;
      pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
    }
  }
  pDest->enc = encoding;

op_column_out:
  Deephemeralize(pDest);














op_column_error:
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
................................................................................
  ** like this:
  **
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  **
  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
  ** and so froth.
  **
  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
  ** of the record to data0.
  */
  nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
................................................................................
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
  */
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte, 0) ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;

  /* Write the record */
  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
  j = nHdr;
................................................................................
  }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
  assert( i==nHdr );
  assert( j==nByte );

  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;
  pOut->xDel = 0;
  if( nZero ){
    pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
  }
  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
................................................................................
  pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
    }
    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
................................................................................
      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
      **
      **        (x >  4.9)    ->     (x >= 5)
      **        (x <= 4.9)    ->     (x <  5)
      */
      if( pIn3->r<(double)iKey ){
        assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
        assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
        assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
      }

      /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
      ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=.  */
      else if( pIn3->r>(double)iKey ){
        assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
        assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
        assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
      }
    } 
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
................................................................................
  }else{
    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
      goto too_big;
    }
  }
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  pOut->n = n;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
  }else{
................................................................................
    r.default_rc = 0;
  }
  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
#endif
  res = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
  rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, &res);
  assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
  if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
    res = -res;
  }else{
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
    res++;
................................................................................
    apVal[i] = pRec;
    memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
  }
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  pMem->n++;
  t.flags = MEM_Null;
  t.z = 0;
  t.zMalloc = 0;
  t.xDel = 0;
  t.db = db;
  ctx.pOut = &t;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pColl = 0;
  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );

      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);

  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
  }
  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
    memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
    pCx->iDb = iDb;
    pCx->nField = nField;
    if( isBtreeCursor ){
      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField];
................................................................................
** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){
  double rValue;
  i64 iValue;
  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
  assert( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==MEM_Str );
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->u.r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
  }
}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
................................................................................
**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
*/
static void applyAffinity(
  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
){
  if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
        if( pRec->flags & MEM_Str ) applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
      }
    }
  }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
    }










  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
................................................................................
){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}

/*
** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields
** accordingly.
*/
static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
    return MEM_Int;
  }
  return MEM_Real;
}

/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
** none.  
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    return computeNumericType(pMem);
................................................................................
    printf(" NULL");
  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
    printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
    printf(" r:%g", p->u.r);
#endif
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
    printf(" (rowset)");
  }else{
    char zBuf[200];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
    printf(" %s", zBuf);
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
  pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
................................................................................
  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
    assert( pOut->szMalloc>0 && pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
    assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 );
    pOut->szMalloc = 0;
    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
    }
    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
................................................................................
  u16 nullFlag;
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
    cnt--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
................................................................................
** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are
** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.  It is an error
** for P3 to be less than 1.
*/
case OP_Move: {

  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */

  n = pOp->p3;
  p1 = pOp->p1;
  p2 = pOp->p2;
................................................................................
  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
  pOut = &aMem[p2];
  do{
    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);


#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
      pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
    }
#endif



    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
    pIn1++;
    pOut++;
  }while( --n );
  break;
}

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    pOut->u.i = rB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
#else
    if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){
      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
    }
    pOut->u.r = rB;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
    if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
    }
#endif
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** <li value="100"> INTEGER
** <li value="101"> REAL
** </ul>
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_Cast: {                  /* in1 */
  assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_NONE && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
................................................................................
        }
      }
      break;
    }
  }else{
    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
    if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
      if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
        applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0);
      }
      if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
        applyNumericAffinity(pIn3,0);

      }
    }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
      if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Str)==0 && (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
        testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
        testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1);
      }
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Str)==0 && (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){
        testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
        testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Real );
        sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn3, encoding, 1);
      }
    }
    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
    if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn1);
      flags1 &= ~MEM_Zero;
    }
    if( pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn3);
      flags3 &= ~MEM_Zero;
    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
    res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
  }
  switch( pOp->opcode ){
    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
................................................................................
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
    if( res ){
      pc = pOp->p2-1;
    }
  }
  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
  pIn1->flags = flags1;
  pIn3->flags = flags3;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
................................................................................
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    pOut->u.i = !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
**
................................................................................
** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
*/
case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    pOut->u.i = ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2. 
................................................................................
** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
*/
case OP_Column: {
  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */

  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
  int i;             /* Loop counter */
  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
  const u8 *zData;   /* Part of the record being decoded */
  const u8 *zHdr;    /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
  const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
  u32 avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
  u16 fx;            /* pDest->flags value */
  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */

  p2 = pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( p2<pC->nField );

  aOffset = pC->aType + pC->nField;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */
#endif
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */
  assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow );          /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */

................................................................................
    if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto op_column_error;
    }
  }

  /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been
  ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and pC->aType[].
  */
  if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
    /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
    ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field 
    */
    if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
      /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
................................................................................
          goto op_column_error;
        }
        zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
      }else{
        zData = pC->aRow;
      }
  
      /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
      i = pC->nHdrParsed;
      offset = aOffset[i];
      zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset;
      zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0];
      assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
      do{
        if( zHdr[0]<0x80 ){
          t = zHdr[0];
          zHdr++;
        }else{
          zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t);
        }
        pC->aType[i] = t;
        szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
        offset += szField;
        if( offset<szField ){  /* True if offset overflows */
          zHdr = &zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
          break;
        }
        i++;
................................................................................
        MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
      }
      goto op_column_out;
    }
  }

  /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column.  Control can only
  ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and pC->aType[p2] are
  ** all valid.
  */
  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
  t = pC->aType[p2];
  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */

    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], t, pDest);
  }else{
    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */

    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
    ){
      /* Content is irrelevant for
      **    1. the typeof() function,
      **    2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and
      **    3. if the content length is zero.
      ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading
      ** content from disk.  NULL will work for the value for strings
      ** and blobs and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable
      ** will work for everything else. */
      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0, t, pDest);
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable,
                                   pDest);

      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto op_column_error;
      }


      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((const u8*)pDest->z, t, pDest);








      pDest->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;



    }
  }
  pDest->enc = encoding;

op_column_out:
  /* If the column value is an ephemeral string, go ahead and persist
  ** that string in case the cursor moves before the column value is
  ** used.  The following code does the equivalent of Deephemeralize()
  ** but does it faster. */
  if( (pDest->flags & MEM_Ephem)!=0 && pDest->z ){
    fx = pDest->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
    assert( fx!=0 );
    zData = (const u8*)pDest->z;
    len = pDest->n;
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pDest, len+2) ) goto no_mem;
    memcpy(pDest->z, zData, len);
    pDest->z[len] = 0;
    pDest->z[len+1] = 0;
    pDest->flags = fx|MEM_Term;
  }
op_column_error:
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
................................................................................
  ** like this:
  **
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  **
  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
  ** and so forth.
  **
  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
  ** of the record to data0.
  */
  nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
................................................................................
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
  ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
  */
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, (int)nByte) ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;

  /* Write the record */
  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
  j = nHdr;
................................................................................
  }while( (++pRec)<=pLast );
  assert( i==nHdr );
  assert( j==nByte );

  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->n = (int)nByte;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob;

  if( nZero ){
    pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
  }
  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
................................................................................
  pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so convert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
    }
    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
................................................................................
      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
      **
      **        (x >  4.9)    ->     (x >= 5)
      **        (x <= 4.9)    ->     (x <  5)
      */
      if( pIn3->u.r<(double)iKey ){
        assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) );
        assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) );
        assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) );
        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--;
      }

      /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search
      ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=.  */
      else if( pIn3->u.r>(double)iKey ){
        assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) );
        assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) );
        assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
        if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
      }
    } 
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
................................................................................
  }else{
    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
      goto too_big;
    }
  }
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, n) ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  pOut->n = n;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  if( pC->isTable==0 ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
  }else{
................................................................................
    r.default_rc = 0;
  }
  r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
#endif
  res = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
  rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res);
  assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) );
  if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
    res = -res;
  }else{
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
    res++;
................................................................................
    apVal[i] = pRec;
    memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
  }
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  pMem->n++;
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);




  ctx.pOut = &t;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pColl = 0;
  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );

void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
#endif
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);

void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int);
UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);

typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int);
RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
#endif

/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on

void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
#endif
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);

void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);

typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
#endif

/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value.
*/
struct Mem {
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  double r;           /* Real value */
  union {
    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
  } u;
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */








#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
#endif
  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
};

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.
................................................................................
** is for use inside assert() statements only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
#endif

/*
** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
** when the VM is halted (if not before).
*/
struct AuxData {
  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
................................................................................
  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
};

/*
** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
** implement the SQL functions.
**
** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {
  Mem *pOut;            /* The return value is stored here */
  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
};

/*
** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
** in describing recursive data structures.
*/
................................................................................
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);

int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
................................................................................
int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
#else
  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif

void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
................................................................................
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
#define VdbeMemReleaseExtern(X)  \
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);

int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);

int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *);
void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value.
*/
struct Mem {
  union MemValue {

    double r;           /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */

    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
  } u;

  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */
  char *zMalloc;      /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */
  int szMalloc;       /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */
  int iPadding1;      /* Padding for 8-byte alignment */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
  void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
#endif


};

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.
................................................................................
** is for use inside assert() statements only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0
#endif

/*
** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
** when the VM is halted (if not before).
*/
struct AuxData {
  int iOp;                        /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */
................................................................................
  int iArg;                       /* Index of function argument. */
  void *pAux;                     /* Aux data pointer */
  void (*xDelete)(void *);        /* Destructor for the aux data */
  AuxData *pNext;                 /* Next element in list */
};

/*
** The "context" argument for an installable function.  A pointer to an
** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
** implement the SQL functions.
**
** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {
  Mem *pOut;            /* The return value is stored here */
  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information */
  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip accumulator loading if true */
  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
};

/*
** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
** in describing recursive data structures.
*/
................................................................................
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int);

int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*);
int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
................................................................................
int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
#else
  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
................................................................................
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);

#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)


int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int n);
int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);

int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *);
void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *);

  return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
}

/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
** the function result.
**
** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG



*/
static void setResultStrOrError(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
){
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
  }
















}
void sqlite3_result_blob(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( n>=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);














}
void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const char *z, 
  int n,
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);















}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void sqlite3_result_text16(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
................................................................................
** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
** its pMem->z element.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
  if( nByte<=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
    pMem->z = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
    pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
    if( pMem->z ){
      memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
................................................................................
    return createAggContext(p, nByte);
  }else{
    return (void*)p->pMem->z;
  }
}

/*
** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
  AuxData *pAuxData;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
................................................................................
    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
  }

  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
}

/*
** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
*/
void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int iArg, 
  void *pAux, 
................................................................................
  if( xDelete ){
    xDelete(pAux);
  }
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
** called.
**
** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
** context.
*/
................................................................................
  ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
  ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
  ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
  static const Mem nullMem 
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
    __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
#endif
    = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, 0,










#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
       0, 0,  /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */

#endif
       0, 0 };
  return &nullMem;
}

/*
** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
................................................................................
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
/*
** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
................................................................................
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
................................................................................
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
................................................................................
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecBindBlob(pStmt, i, zData, nData);
#endif
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);














}
int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecBindDouble(pStmt, i, rValue);
#endif
................................................................................
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecBindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData);
#endif
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
















}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
int sqlite3_bind_text16(
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const void *zData, 
  int nData, 
................................................................................
  int rc;
  switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
................................................................................
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
**
** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
** will not bother to check for that condition.
**
** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
** SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/

  return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask];
}

/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
** the function result.
**
** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
**
** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X()
** on value P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed.
*/
static void setResultStrOrError(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
){
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
  }
}
static int invokeValueDestructor(
  const void *p,             /* Value to destroy */
  void (*xDel)(void*),       /* The destructor */
  sqlite3_context *pCtx      /* Set a SQLITE_TOOBIG error if no NULL */
){
  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
  if( xDel==0 ){
    /* noop */
  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
    /* noop */
  }else{
    xDel((void*)p);
  }
  if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
  return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}
void sqlite3_result_blob(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( n>=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_blob64(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  sqlite3_uint64 n,
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
  if( n>0x7fffffff ){
    (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
  }else{
    setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, 0, xDel);
  }
}
void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const char *z, 
  int n,
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_text64(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const char *z, 
  sqlite3_uint64 n,
  void (*xDel)(void *),
  unsigned char enc
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
  if( n>0x7fffffff ){
    (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx);
  }else{
    setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, enc, xDel);
  }
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void sqlite3_result_text16(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
................................................................................
** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
** its pMem->z element.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
  if( nByte<=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);

    pMem->z = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
    pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
    if( pMem->z ){
      memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
................................................................................
    return createAggContext(p, nByte);
  }else{
    return (void*)p->pMem->z;
  }
}

/*
** Return the auxiliary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
  AuxData *pAuxData;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
................................................................................
    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
  }

  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
}

/*
** Set the auxiliary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
*/
void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int iArg, 
  void *pAux, 
................................................................................
  if( xDelete ){
    xDelete(pAux);
  }
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been 
** called.
**
** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
** context.
*/
................................................................................
  ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
  ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
  ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
  static const Mem nullMem 
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
    __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
#endif
    = {
        /* .u          = */ {0},
        /* .flags      = */ MEM_Null,
        /* .enc        = */ 0,
        /* .n          = */ 0,
        /* .z          = */ 0,
        /* .zMalloc    = */ 0,
        /* .szMalloc   = */ 0,
        /* .iPadding1  = */ 0,
        /* .db         = */ 0,
        /* .xDel       = */ 0,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        /* .pScopyFrom = */ 0,
        /* .pFiller    = */ 0,
#endif
      };
  return &nullMem;
}

/*
** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
................................................................................
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
/*
** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
................................................................................
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
................................................................................
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
................................................................................
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecBindBlob(pStmt, i, zData, nData);
#endif
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
}
int sqlite3_bind_blob64(
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const void *zData, 
  sqlite3_uint64 nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
  if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
    return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
  }else{
    return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, 0);
  }
}
int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecBindDouble(pStmt, i, rValue);
#endif
................................................................................
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLRR
  SRRecBindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData);
#endif
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
}
int sqlite3_bind_text64( 
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const char *zData, 
  sqlite3_uint64 nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*),
  unsigned char enc
){
  assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
  if( nData>0x7fffffff ){
    return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0);
  }else{
    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
    return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, enc);
  }
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
int sqlite3_bind_text16(
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const void *zData, 
  int nData, 
................................................................................
  int rc;
  switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){
    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->u.r);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
................................................................................
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
**
** It is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
** will not bother to check for that condition.
**
** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
** SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/

**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*
** Create a new virtual database engine.
*/
................................................................................
        break;
      }
      case P4_MEM: {
        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
          sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
        }else{
          Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
          sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
        }
        break;
      }
      case P4_VTAB : {
        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
        break;
................................................................................
** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
** return the most recently inserted opcode.
**
** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
** by running with Valgrind.
*/
VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
................................................................................
    case P4_MEM: {
      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
        zP4 = pMem->z;
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
      }else{
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
        zP4 = "(blob)";
      }
      break;
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
  if( p && N ){
    Mem *pEnd;
    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
      }
      return;
    }
    for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );

      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
      **
................................................................................
      */
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
        p->zMalloc = 0;
      }

      p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
    }
    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
  }
}

/*
** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
................................................................................
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
    pMem++;

    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
    pMem++;

    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
      return SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
    zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
    if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
................................................................................
      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
    }
    pMem++;

    if( p->explain==1 ){
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
        return SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
      pMem->n = 2;
      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pMem++;
  
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 500, 0) ){
        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
        return SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
      pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#else
................................................................................
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
**
** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine.
** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
** to run.  After this routine is called, futher calls to 
** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
** destroyed.
**
** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
** to its initial state after it has been run.
................................................................................

  /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
  sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0);
  assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
}

/*
** Clean up the VM after execution.
**
** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
................................................................................
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
    }
  }

  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
  ** committed atomicly.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
  else{
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
    int needSync = 0;
    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
................................................................................
** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of 
** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
**
**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
**      from left to right), or
**
**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
**      function parameter corrsponds to bit 0 etc.).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){
  AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData;
  while( *pp ){
    AuxData *pAux = *pp;
    if( (iOp<0)
     || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place.  Maybe the row it was
** pointed to was deleted out from under it.  Or maybe the btree was
** rebalanced.  Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
** is suppose to be pointing.  If the row was deleted out from under the
** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
  int isDifferentRow, rc;
  assert( p->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
................................................................................
  u32 len;

  /* Integer and Real */
  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
    u64 v;
    u32 i;
    if( serial_type==7 ){
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    assert( i>0 );
    do{
................................................................................
    */
    static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
    static const double r1 = 1.0;
    u64 t2 = t1;
    swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
    assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif
    assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
    swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
    memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
    pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
  }
  return 8;
}
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
................................................................................
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
      return pMem->n;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
/*
................................................................................
  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;

  p->default_rc = 0;
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
  d = szHdr;
  u = 0;
  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
    u32 serial_type;

    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
    pMem++;
    u++;
  }
  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
  p->nField = u;
}

#if SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
................................................................................
  Mem mem1;

  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
  if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1;
  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */

  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
................................................................................
    */
    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);

    /* Do the comparison
    */
    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
        rc = -rc;  /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
      }
      goto debugCompareEnd;
    }
    i++;
  }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );

  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
  */
  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );

  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc
  ** value.  */
  rc = pPKey2->default_rc;

debugCompareEnd:
  if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1;
  if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1;
  if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1;
................................................................................
    return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
  }else{
    int rc;
    const void *v1, *v2;
    int n1, n2;
    Mem c1;
    Mem c2;
    memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
    memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
    v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
    n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
    v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
    n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
    rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
    if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    return rc;
  }
}













/*
** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
**
** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
*/
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
  int rc;
  int f1, f2;
  int combined_flags;

  f1 = pMem1->flags;
  f2 = pMem2->flags;
  combined_flags = f1|f2;
  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
................................................................................
    double r1, r2;
    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
      return 0;
    }
    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      r1 = pMem1->r;
    }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
    }else{
      return 1;
    }
    if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      r2 = pMem2->r;
    }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
    }else{
      return -1;
    }
    if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
    if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
................................................................................
      return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0);
    }
    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
  }
 
  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
  if( rc==0 ){
    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive 
** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function compares the two table rows or index records
** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
**
** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
**
** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all 
................................................................................
** returned.
**
** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to 
** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, 
** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
*/
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
){
  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
................................................................................
    if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ 
      pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      return 0;  /* Corruption */
    }
    i = 0;
  }

  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField 
       || CORRUPT_DB );
  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
  do{
    u32 serial_type;
................................................................................
      if( serial_type>=12 ){
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
        double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( mem1.r<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( mem1.r>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
        }
      }else{
        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
................................................................................
    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
      if( serial_type>=12 ){
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else{
        double rhs = pRhs->r;
        double lhs;
        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( serial_type==7 ){
          lhs = mem1.r;
        }else{
          lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
        }
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
................................................................................
    }

    if( rc!=0 ){
      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
        rc = -rc;
      }
      assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) );
      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
      return rc;
    }

    i++;
    pRhs++;
    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
  }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );

  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );

  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc
  ** value.  */
  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
       || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) 
       || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
  );
  return pPKey2->default_rc;
}








/*
** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
**
** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,       /* Right key */
  int bSkip                     /* Ignored */
){
  const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
  int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
  int res;
  u32 y;
  u64 x;
  i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
  i64 lhs;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip);

  assert( bSkip==0 );
  assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
  switch( serial_type ){
    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
      lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
      testcase( lhs<0 );
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
    ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch 
    ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
    ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
    ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other 
    ** compilers might be similar.  */ 
    case 0: case 7:
      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);

    default:
      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
  }

  if( v>lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;
  }else if( v<lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r2;
  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
    ** fields.  */
    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
  }else{
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
  }

  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
................................................................................
** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint 
** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,       /* Right key */
  int bSkip
){
  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
  int serial_type;
  int res;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip);

  assert( bSkip==0 );
  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);

  if( serial_type<12 ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
  }else{
    int nCmp;
    int nStr;
................................................................................
    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);

    if( res==0 ){
      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
      if( res==0 ){
        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
        }else{
          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
        }
      }else if( res>0 ){
        res = pPKey2->r2;
      }else{
        res = pPKey2->r1;
................................................................................
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
  Mem m, v;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);

  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
  */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );

  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
................................................................................
  *rowid = v.u.i;
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return SQLITE_OK;

  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
idx_rowid_corruption:
  testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}

/*
** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
................................................................................
**
** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(

  VdbeCursor *pC,                  /* The cursor to compare against */
  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,       /* Unpacked version of key */
  int *res                         /* Write the comparison result here */
){
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
................................................................................
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
    *res = 0;
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 

**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) 


*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*
** Create a new virtual database engine.
*/
................................................................................
        break;
      }
      case P4_MEM: {
        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
          sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
        }else{
          Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
          if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
          sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
        }
        break;
      }
      case P4_VTAB : {
        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
        break;
................................................................................
** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
** return the most recently inserted opcode.
**
** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
** by running with Valgrind.
*/
VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
................................................................................
    case P4_MEM: {
      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
        zP4 = pMem->z;
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->u.r);
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
      }else{
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
        zP4 = "(blob)";
      }
      break;
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
  if( p && N ){
    Mem *pEnd = &p[N];
    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      do{
        if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
      }while( (++p)<pEnd );
      return;
    }
    do{
      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );

      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
      **
................................................................................
      */
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
      testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
      }else if( p->szMalloc ){
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
        p->szMalloc = 0;
      }

      p->flags = MEM_Undefined;
    }while( (++p)<pEnd );
    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
  }
}

/*
** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
................................................................................
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
    pMem++;

    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
    pMem++;

    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 32) ){ /* P4 */
      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
      return SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
    zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
    if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
................................................................................
      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
    }
    pMem++;

    if( p->explain==1 ){
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
        return SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
      pMem->n = 2;
      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pMem++;
  
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
        return SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
      pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#else
................................................................................
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter.
** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
**
** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine.
** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
** to run.  After this routine is called, further calls to 
** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
** destroyed.
**
** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
** to its initial state after it has been run.
................................................................................

  /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */
  sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0);
  assert( p->pAuxData==0 );
}

/*
** Clean up the VM after a single run.




*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
................................................................................
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
    }
  }

  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
  ** committed atomically.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
  else{
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
    int needSync = 0;
    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
................................................................................
** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of 
** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
**
**    * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
**      from left to right), or
**
**    * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first
**      function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){
  AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData;
  while( *pp ){
    AuxData *pAux = *pp;
    if( (iOp<0)
     || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg))))
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place.  Maybe the row it was
** pointed to was deleted out from under it.  Or maybe the btree was
** rebalanced.  Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
** is supposed to be pointing.  If the row was deleted out from under the
** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
  int isDifferentRow, rc;
  assert( p->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
................................................................................
  u32 len;

  /* Integer and Real */
  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
    u64 v;
    u32 i;
    if( serial_type==7 ){
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) );
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v));
      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    assert( i>0 );
    do{
................................................................................
    */
    static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
    static const double r1 = 1.0;
    u64 t2 = t1;
    swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
    assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif
    assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 );
    swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
    memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x));
    pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
  }
  return 8;
}
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
................................................................................
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;

      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
      return pMem->n;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
/*
................................................................................
  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;

  p->default_rc = 0;
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
  d = szHdr;
  u = 0;
  while( idx<szHdr && d<=nKey ){
    u32 serial_type;

    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
    pMem->szMalloc = 0;
    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
    pMem++;
    if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break;
  }
  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
  p->nField = u;
}

#if SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
................................................................................
  Mem mem1;

  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
  if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1;
  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
  VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */

  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
................................................................................
    */
    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);

    /* Do the comparison
    */
    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
        rc = -rc;  /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */
      }
      goto debugCompareEnd;
    }
    i++;
  }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField );

  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
  */
  assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );

  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
  ** value.  */
  rc = pPKey2->default_rc;

debugCompareEnd:
  if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1;
  if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1;
  if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1;
................................................................................
    return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
  }else{
    int rc;
    const void *v1, *v2;
    int n1, n2;
    Mem c1;
    Mem c2;
    sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
    sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->db, MEM_Null);
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
    v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
    n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
    v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
    n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
    rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
    if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    return rc;
  }
}

/*
** Compare two blobs.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, respectively.
** If one blob is a prefix of the other, then the shorter is the lessor.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){
  int c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, pB1->n>pB2->n ? pB2->n : pB1->n);
  if( c ) return c;
  return pB1->n - pB2->n;
}


/*
** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
**
** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
*/
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){

  int f1, f2;
  int combined_flags;

  f1 = pMem1->flags;
  f2 = pMem2->flags;
  combined_flags = f1|f2;
  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
................................................................................
    double r1, r2;
    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
      return 0;
    }
    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      r1 = pMem1->u.r;
    }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
    }else{
      return 1;
    }
    if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      r2 = pMem2->u.r;
    }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
    }else{
      return -1;
    }
    if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
    if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
................................................................................
      return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0);
    }
    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
  }
 
  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
  return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2);




}


/*
** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive 
** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
................................................................................
}

/*
** This function compares the two table rows or index records
** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
**
** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
**
** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all 
................................................................................
** returned.
**
** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to 
** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, 
** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
){
  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
................................................................................
    if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ 
      pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      return 0;  /* Corruption */
    }
    i = 0;
  }

  VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField 
       || CORRUPT_DB );
  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 );
  assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 );
  assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB );
  do{
    u32 serial_type;
................................................................................
      if( serial_type>=12 ){
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
        double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( mem1.u.r<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( mem1.u.r>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
        }
      }else{
        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
................................................................................
    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){
      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
      if( serial_type>=12 ){
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else{
        double rhs = pRhs->u.r;
        double lhs;
        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( serial_type==7 ){
          lhs = mem1.u.r;
        }else{
          lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
        }
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
................................................................................
    }

    if( rc!=0 ){
      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
        rc = -rc;
      }
      assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) );
      assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
      return rc;
    }

    i++;
    pRhs++;
    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
  }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 );

  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).  */
  assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 );

  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
  ** value.  */
  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
       || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) 
       || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
  );
  return pPKey2->default_rc;
}
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
){
  return vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
}


/*
** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
**
** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used
** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less.
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareInt(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */

){
  const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F];
  int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1];
  int res;
  u32 y;
  u64 x;
  i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i;
  i64 lhs;



  assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB );
  switch( serial_type ){
    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
      lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey);
      testcase( lhs<0 );
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
    ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch 
    ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
    ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
    ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other 
    ** compilers might be similar.  */ 
    case 0: case 7:
      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);

    default:
      return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
  }

  if( v>lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;
  }else if( v<lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r2;
  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
    ** fields.  */
    res = vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
  }else{
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
  }

  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
................................................................................
** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint 
** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */

){
  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
  int serial_type;
  int res;



  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);

  if( serial_type<12 ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
  }else{
    int nCmp;
    int nStr;
................................................................................
    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);

    if( res==0 ){
      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
      if( res==0 ){
        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
          res = vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
        }else{
          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
        }
      }else if( res>0 ){
        res = pPKey2->r2;
      }else{
        res = pPKey2->r1;
................................................................................
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
  Mem m, v;



  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
  */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );

  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
................................................................................
  *rowid = v.u.i;
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return SQLITE_OK;

  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
idx_rowid_corruption:
  testcase( m.szMalloc!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}

/*
** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
................................................................................
**
** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
  sqlite3 *db,                     /* Database connection */
  VdbeCursor *pC,                  /* The cursor to compare against */
  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,       /* Unpacked version of key */
  int *res                         /* Write the comparison result here */
){
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
................................................................................
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way
  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
    *res = 0;
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 

/*
** Check invariants on a Mem object.
**
** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
** this:    assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
*/
int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
  /* The MEM_Dyn bit is set if and only if Mem.xDel is a non-NULL destructor
  ** function for Mem.z 
  */
  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );


  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || p->xDel==0 );








  /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
  ** one of the following:
  **
  **   (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
  **   (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
  **   (3) An ephermal string or blob
  **   (4) A static string or blob
  */
  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->z!=0 ){
    assert( 
      ((p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
      ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
      ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
    );
  }

  return 1;
}
#endif


/*
** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
................................................................................
** min(n,32) bytes.
**
** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
** pMem->z into the new allocation.  pMem must be either a string or
** blob if bPreserve is true.  If bPreserve is false, any prior content
** in pMem->z is discarded.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );

  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
  assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
  testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );


  if( pMem->zMalloc==0 || sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){

    if( n<32 ) n = 32;
    if( bPreserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
      bPreserve = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
    }
    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
      VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pMem);
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;


    }
  }

  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
  }
  if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
    assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
  }

  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
  pMem->xDel = 0;























  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.  In other words, make it so
** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
** malloc().  In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
** overwritten or altered.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
  int f;
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  ExpandBlob(pMem);
  f = pMem->flags;
  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){
  int fg = pMem->flags;
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
  }
  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
  if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
    memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
    t.flags = MEM_Null;
    t.db = pMem->db;
    ctx.pOut = &t;
    ctx.pMem = pMem;
    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
    memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
**
** The VdbeMemReleaseExtern() macro invokes this routine if only if there
** is work for this routine to do.

*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){

  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);

  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);


  }

}

/*
** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
**
** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
** the uncommon case when there really is memory in p that is
** need of freeing.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
  }
  if( p->zMalloc ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
    p->zMalloc = 0;
  }
  p->z = 0;
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).





*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->zMalloc ){
    vdbeMemRelease(p);
  }else{
    p->z = 0;
  }
  assert( p->xDel==0 );
}

/*
** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
**
** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
*/
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
  int flags;
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value = 0;
    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    return value;
  }else{
    return 0;
................................................................................
** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
*/
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
    return pMem->r;
  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
    return (double)pMem->u.i;
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    double val = (double)0;
    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    return val;
................................................................................
}

/*
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){

  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);

  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
  **
  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
  **
  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
  ** values to wrap around.
  */
  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i
   && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
   && pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64
  ){
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
................................................................................
** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
................................................................................
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
    }else{
      pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
    }
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
      assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
      pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
      break;
    }
  }
}














/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.









*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){



  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
  }
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
  }
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
}
void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); 
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
................................................................................
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
  pMem->n = 0;
  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
  pMem->u.nZero = n;
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
  if( pMem->z ){
    pMem->n = n;
    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior
** to a value change.  So invoke the destructor, then set the value to
** a 64-bit integer.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
  pMem->u.i = val;
  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type INTEGER.
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type REAL.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);

    pMem->r = val;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;

  }else{
    assert( pMem->zMalloc );

    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, 
                                       sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
  }
}

/*
** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
................................................................................
    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
  }
  return 0; 
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
** copies of this cell as invalid.
**
** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
** copies are not misused.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pTo);

  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
}

................................................................................
/*
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;


  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pTo);

  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
  pTo->xDel = 0;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
    }
  }

................................................................................
  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );

  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
  pFrom->xDel = 0;
  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
}

/*
** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
**
** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
................................................................................
  }else{
    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
  }
  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
  if( nByte<0 ){
    assert( enc!=0 );
    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}

    }else{
      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
    }
    flags |= MEM_Term;
  }

  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
................................................................................
    int nAlloc = nByte;
    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
    }
    if( nByte>iLimit ){
      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
    }
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
    pMem->xDel = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->z = (char *)z;
    pMem->xDel = xDel;
    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
  }

................................................................................
/*
** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
** into the pMem element.
**
** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
** is overwritten without being freed.



**
** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
................................................................................
  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
){
  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
  u32 available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */

  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );


  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  if( key ){
    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
  }else{
    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
  }
  assert( zData!=0 );

  if( offset+amt<=available ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
    pMem->n = (int)amt;


  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
    if( key ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pMem->z[amt] = 0;
      pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
      pMem->n = (int)amt;
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);

    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
    }
  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) 
     && pVal!=0
    ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
      if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
        pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Int;
        pVal->flags |= MEM_Real;
        pVal->r = (double)SMALLEST_INT64;

      }else{
        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
      }
      pVal->r = -pVal->r;
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
    }
  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
................................................................................
void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
  if( pRec ){
    int i;
    int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
    Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
    sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aMem[i].zMalloc);
    }
    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
  }
}
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */

/*
** Check invariants on a Mem object.
**
** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like
** this:    assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
*/
int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
  /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.  
  ** Mem.xDel is might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear.
  */
  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );

  /* MEM_Dyn may only be set if Mem.szMalloc==0 */
  assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->szMalloc==0 );

  /* Cannot be both MEM_Int and MEM_Real at the same time */
  assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );

  /* The szMalloc field holds the correct memory allocation size */
  assert( p->szMalloc==0
       || p->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db,p->zMalloc) );

  /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly
  ** one of the following:
  **
  **   (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object
  **   (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel
  **   (3) An ephemeral string or blob
  **   (4) A static string or blob
  */
  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){
    assert( 
      ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
      ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
      ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
    );
  }

  return 1;
}
#endif


/*
** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
................................................................................
** min(n,32) bytes.
**
** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of
** pMem->z into the new allocation.  pMem must be either a string or
** blob if bPreserve is true.  If bPreserve is false, any prior content
** in pMem->z is discarded.
*/
SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );

  /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
  assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
  testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 );

  assert( pMem->szMalloc==0
       || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc) );
  if( pMem->szMalloc<n ){
    if( n<32 ) n = 32;
    if( bPreserve && pMem->szMalloc>0 && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
      bPreserve = 0;
    }else{
      if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
    }
    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->szMalloc = 0;
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
    }
  }

  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
  }
  if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
    assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
  }

  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes.
** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this
** routine is a no-op.
**
** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded.
** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists.  Though MEM_Str
** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null
** values are preserved.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM)
** if unable to complete the resizing.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){
  assert( szNew>=0 );
  if( pMem->szMalloc<szNew ){
    return sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, szNew, 0);
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
  pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in
** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written.


**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
  int f;
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  ExpandBlob(pMem);
  f = pMem->flags;
  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && (pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc) ){
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the latter is an internal programming error.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){
  int fg = pMem->flags;
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r);
  }
  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
  if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
    memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
    t.flags = MEM_Null;
    t.db = pMem->db;
    ctx.pOut = &t;
    ctx.pMem = pMem;
    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
    if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
    memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by
** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine
** will free that value.  It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null.
**
** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and
** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease().  Use those other routines as the
** entry point for releasing Mem resources.
*/

static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) );
  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
  }
  if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 );
    p->xDel((void *)p->z);

  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->u.pFrame;
    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
  }
  p->flags = MEM_Null;
}

/*
** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
**
** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs
** to be freed.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
    vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p);
  }
  if( p->szMalloc ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
    p->szMalloc = 0;
  }
  p->z = 0;
}

/*
** Release any memory resources held by the Mem.  Both the memory that is
** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed.
**
** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to
** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization.
**
** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space
** prior to inserting new content into the Mem.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){
    vdbeMemClear(p);


  }

}

/*
** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
** it into an integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
**
** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
*/
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
  int flags;
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value = 0;
    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    return value;
  }else{
    return 0;
................................................................................
** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
*/
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
    return pMem->u.r;
  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
    return (double)pMem->u.i;
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    double val = (double)0;
    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    return val;
................................................................................
}

/*
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
  i64 ix;
  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  ix = doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r);

  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
  **
  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
  **
  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
  ** values to wrap around.
  */
  if( pMem->u.r==ix && ix>SMALLEST_INT64 && ix<LARGEST_INT64 ){
    pMem->u.i = ix;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);


  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
................................................................................
** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
................................................................................
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
    }else{
      pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
    }
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
      assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
      pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object.
**
** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){
  assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 );
  pMem->flags = flags;
  pMem->db = db;
  pMem->szMalloc = 0;
}


/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
**
** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that
** require the destructor.  But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation.
** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this
** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc.
**
** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value.
**
** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
    vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem);
  }else{
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;



  }




}
void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); 
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
................................................................................
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
  pMem->n = 0;
  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
  pMem->u.nZero = n;
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;



  pMem->z = 0;




}

/*
** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior
** to a value change.  So invoke the destructor, then set the value to
** a 64-bit integer.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
  pMem->u.i = val;
  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type INTEGER.
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type REAL.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);


  if( !sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
    pMem->u.r = val;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
    pMem->szMalloc = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
    pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc);
    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, pMem->szMalloc);

    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
  }
}

/*
** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
................................................................................
    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
  }
  return 0; 
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** This routine prepares a memory cell for modification by breaking
** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
** copies of this cell as invalid.
**
** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
** copies are not misused.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);

  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
}

................................................................................
/*
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );

  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;


  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
    }
  }

................................................................................
  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );

  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;

  pFrom->szMalloc = 0;
}

/*
** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
**
** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
................................................................................
  }else{
    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
  }
  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
  if( nByte<0 ){
    assert( enc!=0 );
    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
      nByte = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
      if( nByte>iLimit ) nByte = iLimit+1;
    }else{
      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
    }
    flags |= MEM_Term;
  }

  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
................................................................................
    int nAlloc = nByte;
    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
    }
    if( nByte>iLimit ){
      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
    }
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nAlloc) ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
    pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->z = (char *)z;
    pMem->xDel = xDel;
    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
  }

................................................................................
/*
** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
** into the pMem element.
**
** The pMem object must have been initialized.  This routine will use
** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible.  New
** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary.  The calling routine
** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually
** destroyed.
**
** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
  u32 offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
................................................................................
  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
){
  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
  u32 available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */

  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) );

  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  if( key ){
    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
  }else{
    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
  }
  assert( zData!=0 );

  if( offset+amt<=available ){

    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
    pMem->n = (int)amt;
  }else{
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+2)) ){
      if( key ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        pMem->z[amt] = 0;
        pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
        pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term;
        pMem->n = (int)amt;
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
      }
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
    }
  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) 
     && pVal!=0
    ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
      if( pVal->flags & MEM_Real ){
        pVal->u.r = -pVal->u.r;
      }else if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
        pVal->u.r = -(double)SMALLEST_INT64;
        MemSetTypeFlag(pVal, MEM_Real);
      }else{
        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
      }

      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
    }
  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
    pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx);
    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
................................................................................
void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){
  if( pRec ){
    int i;
    int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField;
    Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem;
    sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db;
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      if( aMem[i].szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, aMem[i].zMalloc);
    }
    sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec);
  }
}
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */

**
** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
** *pp is undefined in this case.
*/
static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){


    rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFile->pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );

  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file.  Return SQLITE_OK 
................................................................................
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
  }
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 0);
}

/*
** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
**
** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
................................................................................
** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that
** the VFS has memory mapped it.
**
** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on
** the specific VFS implementation.
*/
static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){
  if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){
    int rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFd, nByte);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      void *p = 0;
      sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p);
      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p);
    }
  }
................................................................................
               );
  pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Use a background thread to invoke vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(INCRINIT_TASK) 
** on the the PmaReader object passed as the first argument.
**
** This call will initialize the various fields of the pReadr->pIncr 
** structure and, if it is a multi-threaded IncrMerger, launch a 
** background thread to populate aFile[1].
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr){
  void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr;
................................................................................
** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */

  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pOut->n = nKey;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);

  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
    if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
      *pRes = -1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }

  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2, 0);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

**
** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
** *pp is undefined in this case.
*/
static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){
    sqlite3_file *pFd = pFile->pFd;
    if( pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp);
      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file.  Return SQLITE_OK 
................................................................................
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
  }
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
}

/*
** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
**
** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
................................................................................
** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that
** the VFS has memory mapped it.
**
** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on
** the specific VFS implementation.
*/
static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){
  if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) && pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
    int rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFd, nByte);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      void *p = 0;
      sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p);
      sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p);
    }
  }
................................................................................
               );
  pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1;
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Use a background thread to invoke vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(INCRINIT_TASK) 
** on the PmaReader object passed as the first argument.
**
** This call will initialize the various fields of the pReadr->pIncr 
** structure and, if it is a multi-threaded IncrMerger, launch a 
** background thread to populate aFile[1].
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr){
  void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr;
................................................................................
** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */

  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, nKey) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pOut->n = nKey;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);

  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
    if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
      *pRes = -1;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }

  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

**
** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
** is eventually freed.
**
** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared
** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
*/
char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
................................................................................
      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->r);
      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
        u8 enc = ENC(db);
        Mem utf8;
        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));

**
** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
** is eventually freed.
**
** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
** the host parameter index is found by scanning the prepared
** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
*/
char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
................................................................................
      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->u.r);
      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
        int nOut;  /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
        u8 enc = ENC(db);
        Mem utf8;
        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));

  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
}

/*
** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes
** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
*/
#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
)

................................................................................
    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */

    idx = iFrame - iZero;
    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
    
    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. 
    */
    if( idx==1 ){
      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
    }

    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
................................................................................
**
** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
** database file.
**
** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill.  
** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
** its value.)
**
** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
** time.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
**
** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
** changed by this opertion.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
** to 0.
**
** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
................................................................................
    walShmBarrier(pWal);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
        ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
        ** happening, this is usually correct.
        **
        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
................................................................................
  }

  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
  **
  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
  ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
  **
  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.

  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
}

/*
** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes
** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
*/
#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
)

................................................................................
    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */

    idx = iFrame - iZero;
    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
    
    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. 
    */
    if( idx==1 ){
      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
    }

    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
................................................................................
**
** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
** database file.
**
** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.  
** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
** its value.)
**
** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
** time.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
**
** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
** changed by this operation.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
** to 0.
**
** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
................................................................................
    walShmBarrier(pWal);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
        ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
        ** happening, this is usually correct.
        **
        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
................................................................................
  }

  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
  **
  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
  ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
  **
  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.

#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>


/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
** is invoked before visiting children.)
**
** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
**
**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
**

#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>


/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
** of the expression, while descending.  (In other words, the callback
** is invoked before visiting children.)
**
** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
**
**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
**

        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
          ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
          */ 
          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
        }
      }
................................................................................
** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
** is decided elsewhere.  This analysis only looks at whether subterms
** appropriate for indexing exist.
**
** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2.  But if a term
** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
** satisfied.
**
** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
**
** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
................................................................................
          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
          assert( j==1 );
          continue;
        }
        if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceeded
          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
          ** and use its inversion. */
          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
          continue;
        }
................................................................................
  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
  */
  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
}

/*
** This function searches pList for a entry that matches the iCol-th column
** of index pIdx.
**
** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
*/
static int findIndexCol(
  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
................................................................................
#endif
  assert( pRec!=0 );
  iCol = pRec->nField - 1;
  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
  assert( pRec->nField>0 && iCol<pIdx->nSampleCol );
  do{
    iTest = (iMin+i)/2;
    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec, 0);
    if( res<0 ){
      iMin = iTest+1;
    }else{
      i = iTest;
    }
  }while( res && iMin<i );

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
  ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
  ** than to invoke the asserts.  */
  if( res==0 ){
    /* If (res==0) is true, then sample $i must be equal to pRec */
    assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
    assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)
         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  }else{
    /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than
    ** sample ($i-1).  */
    assert( i==pIdx->nSample 
         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)>0
         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
    assert( i==0
         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec, 0)<0
         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  }
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */

  /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than
  ** or equal to pVal.  Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less
  ** than pVal.  If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0.
................................................................................
**
** then nEq is set to 0.
**
** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without 
** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of 
** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
** to account for the range contraints pLower and pUpper.
** 
** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. 
** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
** rows visited by a factor of 64.
*/
static int whereRangeScanEst(
................................................................................
    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
    **
    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
    **
    **       B: <after the loop>
    **
    ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
    ** use an ephermeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
    ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
    **
    */
    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
................................................................................
        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
      }
    }else{
      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
    }

    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.  Or, create an ephermeral index
    ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
    **
    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
................................................................................
** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
** index.
**
** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces
** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term
** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2).
*/
static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(WhereClause *pWC, WhereLoop *pLoop){




  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
  Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
  int i, j;


  if( !OptimizationEnabled(pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_AdjustOutEst) ){
    return;
  }
  for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
    for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
      pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
      if( pX==0 ) continue;
      if( pX==pTerm ) break;
      if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
    }
    if( j<0 ){
      pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1);




    }








  }
}

/*
** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T.  This only occurs if
** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
*/
................................................................................
  u16 saved_nLTerm;               /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
  u16 saved_nEq;                  /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
  u16 saved_nSkip;                /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */
  u32 saved_wsFlags;              /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
  LogEst saved_nOut;              /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
  int iCol;                       /* Index of the column in the table */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */

  LogEst rLogSize;                /* Logarithm of table size */
  WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */

  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
  if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;

  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
................................................................................
  saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
  saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip;
  saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
  saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
  saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
  saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
  pNew->rSetup = 0;
  rLogSize = estLog(pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]);


  /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
  ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
  ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. 
  **
  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
................................................................................
      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
    }
    ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult);

    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew);
    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);

    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
      pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
    }else{
      pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
    }
................................................................................

  if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
  if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
  for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
    Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
    if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){

      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
        if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
        ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
        ** the table being indexed. */
        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28;  assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) );
        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult);
        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
        ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
        pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight;
        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
      }
................................................................................
      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;

      /* Full table scan */
      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
      ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
      pNew->nOut = rSize;
      if( rc ) break;
    }else{
      Bitmask m;
      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
................................................................................
        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
        if( m!=0 ){
          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
        }
        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew);
        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
        pNew->nOut = rSize;
        if( rc ) break;
      }
    }

    rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
................................................................................
**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.   
**
** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
** as equivelent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the 
** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
*/
static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
  WherePath *pPath,     /* The WherePath to check */

        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
          ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
          */ 
          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
        }
      }
................................................................................
** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
** is decided elsewhere.  This analysis only looks at whether subterms
** appropriate for indexing exist.
**
** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2.  But if a term
** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
** satisfied.
**
** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
**
** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
................................................................................
          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
          assert( j==1 );
          continue;
        }
        if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceded
          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
          ** and use its inversion. */
          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
          continue;
        }
................................................................................
  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
  */
  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
}

/*
** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column
** of index pIdx.
**
** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
*/
static int findIndexCol(
  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
................................................................................
#endif
  assert( pRec!=0 );
  iCol = pRec->nField - 1;
  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
  assert( pRec->nField>0 && iCol<pIdx->nSampleCol );
  do{
    iTest = (iMin+i)/2;
    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec);
    if( res<0 ){
      iMin = iTest+1;
    }else{
      i = iTest;
    }
  }while( res && iMin<i );

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code
  ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other
  ** than to invoke the asserts.  */
  if( res==0 ){
    /* If (res==0) is true, then sample $i must be equal to pRec */
    assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
    assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)
         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  }else{
    /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than
    ** sample ($i-1).  */
    assert( i==pIdx->nSample 
         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0
         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
    assert( i==0
         || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0
         || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  }
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */

  /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than
  ** or equal to pVal.  Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less
  ** than pVal.  If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0.
................................................................................
**
** then nEq is set to 0.
**
** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without 
** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of 
** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper.
** 
** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. 
** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
** rows visited by a factor of 64.
*/
static int whereRangeScanEst(
................................................................................
    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
    **
    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
    **
    **       B: <after the loop>
    **
    ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
    ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary
    ** keys of the rows we have already seen.
    **
    */
    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
................................................................................
        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
      }
    }else{
      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
    }

    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.  Or, create an ephemeral index
    ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
    **
    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
................................................................................
** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an
** index.
**
** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces
** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term
** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2).
*/
static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(
  WhereClause *pWC,      /* The WHERE clause */
  WhereLoop *pLoop,      /* The loop to adjust downward */
  LogEst nRow            /* Number of rows in the entire table */
){
  WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX;
  Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf);
  int i, j;
  int nEq = 0;    /* Number of = constraints not within likely()/unlikely() */




  for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){
    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break;
    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue;
    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue;
    for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){
      pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
      if( pX==0 ) continue;
      if( pX==pTerm ) break;
      if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break;
    }
    if( j<0 ){
      if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){
        pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb;
      }else{
        pLoop->nOut--;
        if( pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ ) nEq++;
      }
    }
  }
  /* TUNING:  If there is at least one equality constraint in the WHERE
  ** clause that does not have a likelihood() explicitly assigned to it
  ** then do not let the estimated number of output rows exceed half 
  ** the number of rows in the table. */
  if( nEq && pLoop->nOut>nRow-10 ){
    pLoop->nOut = nRow - 10;
  }
}

/*
** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T.  This only occurs if
** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT
*/
................................................................................
  u16 saved_nLTerm;               /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */
  u16 saved_nEq;                  /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */
  u16 saved_nSkip;                /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */
  u32 saved_wsFlags;              /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */
  LogEst saved_nOut;              /* Original value of pNew->nOut */
  int iCol;                       /* Index of the column in the table */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  LogEst rSize;                   /* Number of rows in the table */
  LogEst rLogSize;                /* Logarithm of table size */
  WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */

  pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
  if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;

  assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 );
................................................................................
  saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq;
  saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip;
  saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm;
  saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags;
  saved_prereq = pNew->prereq;
  saved_nOut = pNew->nOut;
  pNew->rSetup = 0;
  rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
  rLogSize = estLog(rSize);

  /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
  ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
  ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. 
  **
  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
................................................................................
      pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16);
    }
    ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult);

    nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut;
    pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn;
    pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn;
    whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize);
    rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);

    if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
      pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
    }else{
      pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted;
    }
................................................................................

  if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0;
  if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0;
  for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){
    Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr);
    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
    if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){
      if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
      for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){
        if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
        /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is
        ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in
        ** the table being indexed. */
        pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28;  assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) );
        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult);
        /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table.  This
        ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way
        ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be.  It would
        ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */
        pNew->nOut = 43;  assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) );
        pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut);
        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX;
        pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight;
        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
      }
................................................................................
      pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK;

      /* Full table scan */
      pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0;
      /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */
      pNew->rRun = rSize + 16;
      ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
      whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
      rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
      pNew->nOut = rSize;
      if( rc ) break;
    }else{
      Bitmask m;
      if( pProbe->isCovering ){
        pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED;
................................................................................
        ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan,
        ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0).  */
        pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow;
        if( m!=0 ){
          pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16);
        }
        ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
        whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize);
        rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew);
        pNew->nOut = rSize;
        if( rc ) break;
      }
    }

    rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
................................................................................
**   N==0:  No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
**   N<0:   Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.   
**
** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
** strict.  With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another.  GROUP BY
** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
** as equivalent rows are grouped together.  Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order.  With ORDER BY, the 
** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
*/
static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
  WhereInfo *pWInfo,    /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */
  WherePath *pPath,     /* The WherePath to check */

** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
**
** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
** 1.  Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
** of length 2.  And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
** number of nodes in the FROM clause.  The best (lowest cost) WherePath
** at the end is the choosen query plan.
*/
struct WherePath {
  Bitmask maskLoop;     /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
  Bitmask revLoop;      /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
  LogEst nRow;          /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
  LogEst rCost;         /* Total cost of this path */
  LogEst rUnsorted;     /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */

** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some
** or all of the WhereLoop objects once.
**
** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length
** 1.  Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects
** of length 2.  And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the
** number of nodes in the FROM clause.  The best (lowest cost) WherePath
** at the end is the chosen query plan.
*/
struct WherePath {
  Bitmask maskLoop;     /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */
  Bitmask revLoop;      /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */
  LogEst nRow;          /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */
  LogEst rCost;         /* Total cost of this path */
  LogEst rUnsorted;     /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */

    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1);
    SELECT
     (SELECT sum(value2==xyz) FROM t2)
    FROM
     (SELECT value1 as xyz, max(x1) AS pqr
        FROM t1
       GROUP BY id1);






  }
} {0}
do_test aggnested-3.3 {
  db eval {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t2;
    CREATE TABLE t1(id1, value1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4469,2),(4469,1);
    CREATE TABLE t2 (value2);

    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1);
    SELECT
     (SELECT sum(value2==xyz) FROM t2)
    FROM
     (SELECT value1 as xyz, max(x1) AS pqr
        FROM t1
       GROUP BY id1);
    SELECT
     (SELECT sum(value2<>xyz) FROM t2)
    FROM
     (SELECT value1 as xyz, max(x1) AS pqr
        FROM t1
       GROUP BY id1);
  }
} {1 0}
do_test aggnested-3.3 {
  db eval {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t2;
    CREATE TABLE t1(id1, value1);
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4469,2),(4469,1);
    CREATE TABLE t2 (value2);

    db authorizer ::auth
  }
}

do_test auth-1.1.1 {
  db close
  set ::DB [sqlite3 db test.db]
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  db authorizer ::auth
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
    SELECT x;
  }
} {1 {no such column: x}}
do_test auth-1.2 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}
do_test auth-1.3.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
} {t1 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.4 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.5 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.6 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.7.1 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
  } {t1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.8 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
}

do_test auth-1.9 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.10 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}
do_test auth-1.11 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.12 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.13 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.14 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.15 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.16 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
  
  do_test auth-1.17 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.18 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.19.1 {
  set ::authargs {}
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t2(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
  set ::authargs
} {}
do_test auth-1.20 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

do_test auth-1.21.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.21.2 {
  set ::authargs
} {t2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.22 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.23.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
................................................................................
} {t2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.24 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.25 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.26 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.27 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
................................................................................
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.28 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.29 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3)}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.30 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {}
do_test auth-1.31 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.32 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {}
do_test auth-1.33 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="t1"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.34 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {1 2 3}

do_test auth-1.35.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {1 {access to t2.b is prohibited}}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.35.2 {
    execsql {ATTACH DATABASE 'test.db' AS two}
    catchsql {SELECT * FROM two.t2}
  } {1 {access to two.t2.b is prohibited}}
  execsql {DETACH DATABASE two}
}
do_test auth-1.36 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {0 {1 {} 3}}
do_test auth-1.37 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE b=2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.38 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="a"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE b=2}
} {0 {{} 2 3}}
do_test auth-1.39 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE b IS NULL}
} {0 {1 {} 3}}
do_test auth-1.40 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT a,c FROM t2 WHERE b IS NULL}
} {1 {access to t2.b is prohibited}}
  
do_test auth-1.41 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_UPDATE" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {UPDATE t2 SET a=11}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.42 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 3}
do_test auth-1.43 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_UPDATE" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {UPDATE t2 SET b=22, c=33}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.44 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 3}
do_test auth-1.45 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_UPDATE" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {UPDATE t2 SET b=22, c=33}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.46 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 33}

do_test auth-1.47 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a=11}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.48 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 33}
do_test auth-1.49 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a=11}
} {0 {}}
................................................................................
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {}
do_test auth-1.50.2 {
  execsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(11, 2, 33)}
} {}

do_test auth-1.51 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.52 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.53 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {0 {11 2 33}}
................................................................................
  execsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(7, 8, 9);}
} {}
do_test auth-1.55 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 33 7 8 9}

do_test auth-1.63 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
       return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.64 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.65 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
       return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.66 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.67 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
         return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.68 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.69 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t1"} {
         return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.70 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.71 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
       return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.72 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.73 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
       return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.74 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.75 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
         return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.76 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.77 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t1"} {
         return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {0 {}}
................................................................................
  } {t1}
}

# Test cases auth-1.79 to auth-1.124 test creating and dropping views.
# Omit these if the library was compiled with views omitted.
ifcapable view {
do_test auth-1.79 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.80 {
  set ::authargs
} {v1 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.81 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.82 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
} {v1 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.84 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.85 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.86 {
    set ::authargs
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.87 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.88 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.90 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.91 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.92 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.93 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.94 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.95 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.96 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.97 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.98 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.99 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE VIEW v2 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2;
................................................................................
    DROP VIEW v2
  }
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.100 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.101 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.102 {
  set ::authargs
} {v2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.103 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.104 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.105 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.106 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.107 {
  set ::authargs
} {v2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.108 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.109 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.111 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}


ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.112 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
      CREATE TEMP VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t1;
................................................................................
      DROP VIEW v1
    }
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.113 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.114 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.115 {
    set ::authargs
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.116 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.117 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.118 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.119 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.120 {
    set ::authargs
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.121 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.122 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
................................................................................
} ;# ifcapable view

# Test cases auth-1.125 to auth-1.176 test creating and dropping triggers.
# Omit these if the library was compiled with triggers omitted.
#
ifcapable trigger&&tempdb {
do_test auth-1.125 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.126 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.127 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.128 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r2 DELETE on t2 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.129 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.130 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.131 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.132 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.133 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r2 DELETE on t2 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.134 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.135 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.136.2 {
  execsql {
    SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='trigger'
  }
} {r2}
do_test auth-1.136.3 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    lappend ::authargs $code $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  set ::authargs {}
  execsql {
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3);
  }
................................................................................
    SELECT * FROM tx;
  }
} {3}
do_test auth-1.137 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.138 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.139 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.140 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.141 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r1 DELETE on t1 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.142 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.143 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.144 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.145 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.146 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r1 DELETE on t1 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.147 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.148 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.150 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}

do_test auth-1.151 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.152 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.153 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.154 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.155 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.156 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.157 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.158 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.159 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.160 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.161 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
................................................................................
    DROP TABLE tx;
    DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a=1 AND b=2 AND c=3;
    SELECT name FROM sqlite_master;
  }
} {t2}

do_test auth-1.164 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.165 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.166 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.167 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.168 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.169 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.170 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.171 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.172 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.173 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.174 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
................................................................................
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.176 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
} ;# ifcapable trigger

do_test auth-1.177 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(a)}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.178 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.179 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.180 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(a)}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.181 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.182 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(b)}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.183 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.184 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.185 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(b)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.186 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.187 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(a)}
................................................................................
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.189 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.190 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a)}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.191 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.192 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.193 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b)}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.194 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.195 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b)}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.196 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.197 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.198 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c)}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.199 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.200 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a)}
................................................................................
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.202 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
}

do_test auth-1.203 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.204 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.205 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.206 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.207 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.208 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.209 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.210 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.211 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.212 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.213 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
................................................................................
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.215 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.216 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.217 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.218 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.219 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.220 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.221 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.222 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.223 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.224 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.225 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.226 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
................................................................................
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.228 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.229 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=on}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.230 {
  set ::authargs
} {full_column_names on {} {}}
do_test auth-1.231 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {a 11 a 7}
do_test auth-1.232 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=on}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.233 {
  set ::authargs
} {full_column_names on {} {}}
do_test auth-1.234 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {a 11 a 7}
do_test auth-1.235 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=on}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.236 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {t2.a 11 t2.a 7}
do_test auth-1.237 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=OFF}
................................................................................
  set ::authargs
} {full_column_names OFF {} {}}
do_test auth-1.239 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {a 11 a 7}

do_test auth-1.240 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_TRANSACTION"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {BEGIN}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.241 {
  set ::authargs
} {BEGIN {} {} {}}
do_test auth-1.242 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_TRANSACTION" && $arg1!="BEGIN"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {BEGIN; INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(44,55,66); COMMIT}
................................................................................
} {11 2 33 7 8 9}

# ticket #340 - authorization for ATTACH and DETACH.
#
ifcapable attach {
  do_test auth-1.251 {
    db authorizer ::auth
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ATTACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
      ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.252c {
    db eval {DETACH test1}
    db eval {ATTACH ':mem' || 'ory:' AS test1}
    set ::authargs
  } {{} {} {} {}}
  do_test auth-1.253 {
    catchsql {DETACH DATABASE test1}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ATTACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    }
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.254 {
    lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.255 {
    catchsql {DETACH DATABASE test1}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ATTACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
      ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1;
    }
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.256 {
    lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.257 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DETACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    execsql {ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1}
................................................................................
    }
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.258 {
    lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.259 {
    execsql {ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DETACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
  ifcapable tempdb {
    ifcapable schema_pragmas {
    do_test auth-1.260 {
      lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
    } {test1}
    } ;# ifcapable schema_pragmas
    do_test auth-1.261 {
      proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
        if {$code=="SQLITE_DETACH"} {
          set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
          return SQLITE_DENY
        }
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      catchsql {
................................................................................
    db authorizer ::auth
    
    # Authorization for ALTER TABLE. These tests are omitted if the library
    # was built without ALTER TABLE support.
    ifcapable altertable {
    
      do_test auth-1.263 {
        proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
          if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
            set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
            return SQLITE_OK
          }
          return SQLITE_OK
        }
        catchsql {
................................................................................
      do_test auth-1.264 {
        execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
      } {t1x}
      do_test auth-1.265 {
        set authargs
      } {temp t1 {} {}}
      do_test auth-1.266 {
        proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
          if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
            set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
            return SQLITE_IGNORE
          }
          return SQLITE_OK
        }
        catchsql {
................................................................................
      do_test auth-1.267 {
        execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
      } {t1x}
      do_test auth-1.268 {
        set authargs
      } {temp t1x {} {}}
      do_test auth-1.269 {
        proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
          if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
            set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
            return SQLITE_DENY
          }
          return SQLITE_OK
        }
        catchsql {
................................................................................
}

ifcapable  altertable {
db authorizer {}
catchsql {ALTER TABLE t1x RENAME TO t1}
db authorizer ::auth
do_test auth-1.272 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.273 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'}
} {t2x}
do_test auth-1.274 {
  set authargs
} {main t2 {} {}}
do_test auth-1.275 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.276 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'}
} {t2x}
do_test auth-1.277 {
  set authargs
} {main t2x {} {}}
do_test auth-1.278 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
} ;# ifcapable altertable

# Test the authorization callbacks for the REINDEX command.
ifcapable reindex {

proc auth {code args} {
  if {$code=="SQLITE_REINDEX"} {
    set ::authargs [concat $::authargs $args]
  }
  return SQLITE_OK
}
db authorizer auth
do_test auth-1.281 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t3(a PRIMARY KEY, b, c);
................................................................................
    execsql {
      REINDEX temp.t3;
    }
    set ::authargs
  } {t3_idx2 {} temp {} t3_idx1 {} temp {} sqlite_autoindex_t3_1 {} temp {}}
  proc auth {code args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_REINDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [concat $::authargs $args]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  do_test auth-1.292 {
    set ::authargs {}
    catchsql {
................................................................................
}

} ;# ifcapable reindex 

ifcapable analyze {
  proc auth {code args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ANALYZE"} {
      set ::authargs [concat $::authargs $args]
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  do_test auth-1.294 {
    set ::authargs {}
    execsql {
      CREATE TABLE t4(a,b,c);
................................................................................

# Authorization for ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN.
# These tests are omitted if the library
# was built without ALTER TABLE support.
ifcapable {altertable} {
  do_test auth-1.300 {
    execsql {CREATE TABLE t5(x)}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    set x [execsql {SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name='t5'}]
    regexp new_col_1 $x
  } {1}
  do_test auth-1.302 {
    set authargs
  } {main t5 {} {}}
  do_test auth-1.303 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    set x [execsql {SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name='t5'}]
    regexp new_col_2 $x
  } {0}
  do_test auth-1.305 {
    set authargs
  } {main t5 {} {}}
  do_test auth-1.306 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    set authargs
  } {main t5 {} {}}
  execsql {DROP TABLE t5}
} ;# ifcapable altertable

ifcapable {cte} {
  do_test auth-1.310 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_RECURSIVE"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    db eval {
       DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
................................................................................
    WITH RECURSIVE
       auth1314(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT x+1 FROM auth1314 WHERE x<5)
    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN auth1314;
  } {1 {not authorized}}
} ;# ifcapable cte

do_test auth-2.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t3" && $arg2=="x"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  db authorizer ::auth
  execsql {CREATE TABLE t3(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, y, z)}
................................................................................
do_test auth-2.2 {
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,y,z FROM t3}
} {1 {access to t3.x is prohibited}}
do_test auth-2.3 {
  catchsql {SELECT OID,y,z FROM t3}
} {1 {access to t3.x is prohibited}}
do_test auth-2.4 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t3" && $arg2=="x"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  execsql {INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(44,55,66)}
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t3}
} {0 {{} 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.5 {
  catchsql {SELECT rowid,y,z FROM t3}
} {0 {{} 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.6 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t3" && $arg2=="ROWID"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t3}
} {0 {44 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.7 {
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,y,z FROM t3}
} {0 {44 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.8 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="ROWID"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,b,c FROM t2}
} {0 {{} 2 33 {} 8 9}}
................................................................................
  # trying to recompile the statement, the authorization error is encountered.
  # If we do not flush the cache, the correct error message is returned, but
  # the error code is SQLITE_SCHEMA, not SQLITE_ERROR as required by the test
  # case after this one.
  #
  db cache flush

  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="ROWID"} {
      return bogus
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,b,c FROM t2}
} {1 {authorizer malfunction}}
do_test auth-2.9.2 {
  db errorcode
} {1}
do_test auth-2.10 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return bogus
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,b,c FROM t2}
} {1 {authorizer malfunction}}
do_test auth-2.11.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg2=="a"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2, t3}
} {0 {{} 2 33 44 55 66 {} 8 9 44 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.11.2 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg2=="x"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2, t3}
} {0 {11 2 33 {} 55 66 7 8 9 {} 55 66}}

# Make sure the OLD and NEW pseudo-tables of a trigger get authorized.
#
ifcapable trigger {
  do_test auth-3.1 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    execsql {
      CREATE TABLE tx(a1,a2,b1,b2,c1,c2);
      CREATE TRIGGER r1 AFTER UPDATE ON t2 FOR EACH ROW BEGIN
        INSERT INTO tx VALUES(OLD.a,NEW.a,OLD.b,NEW.b,OLD.c,NEW.c);
      END;
      UPDATE t2 SET a=a+1;
      SELECT * FROM tx;
    }
  } {11 12 2 2 33 33 7 8 8 8 9 9}
  do_test auth-3.2 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="c"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    execsql {
      DELETE FROM tx;
................................................................................
  } {12 112 2 2 {} {} 8 108 8 8 {} {}}
} ;# ifcapable trigger

# Make sure the names of views and triggers are passed on on arg4.
#
ifcapable trigger {
do_test auth-4.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    lappend ::authargs $code $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  set authargs {}
  execsql {
    UPDATE t2 SET a=a+1;
  }
................................................................................

} ;# ifcapable view && trigger

# Ticket #1338:  Make sure authentication works in the presence of an AS
# clause.
#
do_test auth-5.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4} {
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  execsql {
    SELECT count(a) AS cnt FROM t4 ORDER BY cnt
  }
} {1}

................................................................................
      CREATE TRIGGER t5_tr1 AFTER INSERT ON t5 BEGIN 
        UPDATE t5 SET x = 1 WHERE NEW.x = 0;
      END;
    }
  } {}
  set ::authargs [list]
  proc auth {args} {
    eval lappend ::authargs $args
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  do_test auth-5.3.2 {
    execsql { INSERT INTO t5 (x) values(0) }
    set ::authargs
  } [list SQLITE_INSERT t5 {} main {}    \
          SQLITE_UPDATE t5 x main t5_tr1 \
................................................................................
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t6(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h);
    INSERT INTO t6 VALUES(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8);
  }
} {}
set ::authargs [list]
proc auth {args} {
  eval lappend ::authargs $args
  return SQLITE_OK
}
do_test auth-6.2 {
  execsql {UPDATE t6 SET rowID=rowID+100}
  set ::authargs
} [list SQLITE_READ   t6 ROWID main {} \
        SQLITE_UPDATE t6 ROWID main {} \

    db authorizer ::auth
  }
}

do_test auth-1.1.1 {
  db close
  set ::DB [sqlite3 db test.db]
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  db authorizer ::auth
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
    SELECT x;
  }
} {1 {no such column: x}}
do_test auth-1.2 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}
do_test auth-1.3.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
} {t1 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.4 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.5 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.6 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.7.1 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
  } {t1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.8 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
}

do_test auth-1.9 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.10 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}
do_test auth-1.11 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.12 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.13 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.14 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.15 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.16 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {}
  
  do_test auth-1.17 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMP TABLE t1(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.18 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.19.1 {
  set ::authargs {}
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE TABLE t2(a,b,c)}
................................................................................
  set ::authargs
} {}
do_test auth-1.20 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

do_test auth-1.21.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.21.2 {
  set ::authargs
} {t2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.22 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.23.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
................................................................................
} {t2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.24 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.25 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.26 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.27 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
................................................................................
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.28 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.29 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3)}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.30 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {}
do_test auth-1.31 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.32 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {}
do_test auth-1.33 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="t1"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.34 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {1 2 3}

do_test auth-1.35.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {1 {access to t2.b is prohibited}}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.35.2 {
    execsql {ATTACH DATABASE 'test.db' AS two}
    catchsql {SELECT * FROM two.t2}
  } {1 {access to two.t2.b is prohibited}}
  execsql {DETACH DATABASE two}
}
do_test auth-1.36 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {0 {1 {} 3}}
do_test auth-1.37 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE b=2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.38 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="a"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE b=2}
} {0 {{} 2 3}}
do_test auth-1.39 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE b IS NULL}
} {0 {1 {} 3}}
do_test auth-1.40 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT a,c FROM t2 WHERE b IS NULL}
} {1 {access to t2.b is prohibited}}
  
do_test auth-1.41 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_UPDATE" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {UPDATE t2 SET a=11}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.42 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 3}
do_test auth-1.43 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_UPDATE" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {UPDATE t2 SET b=22, c=33}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.44 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 3}
do_test auth-1.45 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_UPDATE" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="b"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {UPDATE t2 SET b=22, c=33}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.46 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 33}

do_test auth-1.47 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a=11}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.48 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 33}
do_test auth-1.49 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a=11}
} {0 {}}
................................................................................
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {}
do_test auth-1.50.2 {
  execsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(11, 2, 33)}
} {}

do_test auth-1.51 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.52 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.53 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {0 {11 2 33}}
................................................................................
  execsql {INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(7, 8, 9);}
} {}
do_test auth-1.55 {
  execsql {SELECT * FROM t2}
} {11 2 33 7 8 9}

do_test auth-1.63 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
       return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.64 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.65 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
       return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.66 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.67 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
         return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.68 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.69 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t1"} {
         return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.70 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.71 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
       return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.72 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.73 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t2"} {
       return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TABLE t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.74 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.75 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
         return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.76 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.77 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="t1"} {
         return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP TABLE t1}
  } {0 {}}
................................................................................
  } {t1}
}

# Test cases auth-1.79 to auth-1.124 test creating and dropping views.
# Omit these if the library was compiled with views omitted.
ifcapable view {
do_test auth-1.79 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.80 {
  set ::authargs
} {v1 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.81 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.82 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
} {v1 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.84 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.85 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.86 {
    set ::authargs
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.87 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.88 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4] 
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
................................................................................
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.90 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.91 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.92 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.93 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.94 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.95 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.96 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.97 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE TEMPORARY VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.98 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.99 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE VIEW v2 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t2;
................................................................................
    DROP VIEW v2
  }
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.100 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.101 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.102 {
  set ::authargs
} {v2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.103 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.104 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.105 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.106 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.107 {
  set ::authargs
} {v2 {} main {}}
do_test auth-1.108 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 v2}
do_test auth-1.109 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP VIEW v2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.111 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}


ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.112 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
      CREATE TEMP VIEW v1 AS SELECT a+1,b+1 FROM t1;
................................................................................
      DROP VIEW v1
    }
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.113 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.114 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.115 {
    set ::authargs
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.116 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.117 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.118 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.119 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.120 {
    set ::authargs
  } {v1 {} temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.121 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 v1}
  do_test auth-1.122 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP VIEW v1}
................................................................................
} ;# ifcapable view

# Test cases auth-1.125 to auth-1.176 test creating and dropping triggers.
# Omit these if the library was compiled with triggers omitted.
#
ifcapable trigger&&tempdb {
do_test auth-1.125 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.126 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.127 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.128 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r2 DELETE on t2 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.129 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.130 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.131 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.132 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.133 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r2 DELETE on t2 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.134 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.135 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.136.2 {
  execsql {
    SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='trigger'
  }
} {r2}
do_test auth-1.136.3 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    lappend ::authargs $code $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  set ::authargs {}
  execsql {
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(1,2,3);
  }
................................................................................
    SELECT * FROM tx;
  }
} {3}
do_test auth-1.137 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.138 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.139 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.140 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.141 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r1 DELETE on t1 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.142 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.143 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.144 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.145 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.146 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
    CREATE TRIGGER r1 DELETE on t1 BEGIN
................................................................................
    END;
  }
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.147 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
do_test auth-1.148 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.150 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}

do_test auth-1.151 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.152 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.153 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.154 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.155 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.156 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.157 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.158 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.159 {
  set ::authargs
} {r2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.160 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 tx r2}
do_test auth-1.161 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r2}
................................................................................
    DROP TABLE tx;
    DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a=1 AND b=2 AND c=3;
    SELECT name FROM sqlite_master;
  }
} {t2}

do_test auth-1.164 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.165 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.166 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.167 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.168 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.169 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.170 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.171 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.172 {
  set ::authargs
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.173 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1 r1}
do_test auth-1.174 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP TRIGGER r1}
................................................................................
} {r1 t1 temp {}}
do_test auth-1.176 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
} {t1}
} ;# ifcapable trigger

do_test auth-1.177 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(a)}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.178 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.179 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.180 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(a)}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.181 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.182 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(b)}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.183 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.184 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.185 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(b)}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.186 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}
do_test auth-1.187 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {CREATE INDEX i2 ON t2(a)}
................................................................................
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.189 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.190 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a)}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.191 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.192 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.193 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b)}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.194 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.195 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b)}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.196 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.197 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.198 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_INSERT" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c)}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.199 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
  do_test auth-1.200 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a)}
................................................................................
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.202 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
}

do_test auth-1.203 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.204 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.205 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.206 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.207 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.208 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_master"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.209 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.210 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.211 {
  set ::authargs
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.212 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2 i2}
do_test auth-1.213 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {DROP INDEX i2}
................................................................................
} {i2 t2 main {}}
do_test auth-1.215 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master}
} {t2}

ifcapable tempdb {
  do_test auth-1.216 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.217 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.218 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.219 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.220 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.221 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DELETE" && $arg1=="sqlite_temp_master"} {
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.222 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.223 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.224 {
    set ::authargs
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.225 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1 i1}
  do_test auth-1.226 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {DROP INDEX i1}
................................................................................
  } {i1 t1 temp {}}
  do_test auth-1.228 {
    execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master}
  } {t1}
}

do_test auth-1.229 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=on}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.230 {
  set ::authargs
} {full_column_names on {} {}}
do_test auth-1.231 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {a 11 a 7}
do_test auth-1.232 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=on}
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.233 {
  set ::authargs
} {full_column_names on {} {}}
do_test auth-1.234 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {a 11 a 7}
do_test auth-1.235 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=on}
} {0 {}}
do_test auth-1.236 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {t2.a 11 t2.a 7}
do_test auth-1.237 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_PRAGMA"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {PRAGMA full_column_names=OFF}
................................................................................
  set ::authargs
} {full_column_names OFF {} {}}
do_test auth-1.239 {
  execsql2 {SELECT a FROM t2}
} {a 11 a 7}

do_test auth-1.240 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_TRANSACTION"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {BEGIN}
} {1 {not authorized}}
do_test auth-1.241 {
  set ::authargs
} {BEGIN {} {} {}}
do_test auth-1.242 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_TRANSACTION" && $arg1!="BEGIN"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {BEGIN; INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(44,55,66); COMMIT}
................................................................................
} {11 2 33 7 8 9}

# ticket #340 - authorization for ATTACH and DETACH.
#
ifcapable attach {
  do_test auth-1.251 {
    db authorizer ::auth
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ATTACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
      ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1
................................................................................
  do_test auth-1.252c {
    db eval {DETACH test1}
    db eval {ATTACH ':mem' || 'ory:' AS test1}
    set ::authargs
  } {{} {} {} {}}
  do_test auth-1.253 {
    catchsql {DETACH DATABASE test1}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ATTACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    }
  } {1 {not authorized}}
  do_test auth-1.254 {
    lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.255 {
    catchsql {DETACH DATABASE test1}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ATTACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
      ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1;
    }
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.256 {
    lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.257 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DETACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    execsql {ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1}
................................................................................
    }
  } {0 {}}
  do_test auth-1.258 {
    lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
  } {}
  do_test auth-1.259 {
    execsql {ATTACH DATABASE ':memory:' AS test1}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_DETACH"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
  ifcapable tempdb {
    ifcapable schema_pragmas {
    do_test auth-1.260 {
      lindex [execsql {PRAGMA database_list}] 7
    } {test1}
    } ;# ifcapable schema_pragmas
    do_test auth-1.261 {
      proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
        if {$code=="SQLITE_DETACH"} {
          set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
          return SQLITE_DENY
        }
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      catchsql {
................................................................................
    db authorizer ::auth
    
    # Authorization for ALTER TABLE. These tests are omitted if the library
    # was built without ALTER TABLE support.
    ifcapable altertable {
    
      do_test auth-1.263 {
        proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
          if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
            set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
            return SQLITE_OK
          }
          return SQLITE_OK
        }
        catchsql {
................................................................................
      do_test auth-1.264 {
        execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
      } {t1x}
      do_test auth-1.265 {
        set authargs
      } {temp t1 {} {}}
      do_test auth-1.266 {
        proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
          if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
            set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
            return SQLITE_IGNORE
          }
          return SQLITE_OK
        }
        catchsql {
................................................................................
      do_test auth-1.267 {
        execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
      } {t1x}
      do_test auth-1.268 {
        set authargs
      } {temp t1x {} {}}
      do_test auth-1.269 {
        proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
          if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
            set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
            return SQLITE_DENY
          }
          return SQLITE_OK
        }
        catchsql {
................................................................................
}

ifcapable  altertable {
db authorizer {}
catchsql {ALTER TABLE t1x RENAME TO t1}
db authorizer ::auth
do_test auth-1.272 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.273 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'}
} {t2x}
do_test auth-1.274 {
  set authargs
} {main t2 {} {}}
do_test auth-1.275 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
do_test auth-1.276 {
  execsql {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'}
} {t2x}
do_test auth-1.277 {
  set authargs
} {main t2x {} {}}
do_test auth-1.278 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
      set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {
................................................................................
} ;# ifcapable altertable

# Test the authorization callbacks for the REINDEX command.
ifcapable reindex {

proc auth {code args} {
  if {$code=="SQLITE_REINDEX"} {
    set ::authargs [concat $::authargs [lrange $args 0 3]]
  }
  return SQLITE_OK
}
db authorizer auth
do_test auth-1.281 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t3(a PRIMARY KEY, b, c);
................................................................................
    execsql {
      REINDEX temp.t3;
    }
    set ::authargs
  } {t3_idx2 {} temp {} t3_idx1 {} temp {} sqlite_autoindex_t3_1 {} temp {}}
  proc auth {code args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_REINDEX"} {
      set ::authargs [concat $::authargs [lrange $args 0 3]]
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  do_test auth-1.292 {
    set ::authargs {}
    catchsql {
................................................................................
}

} ;# ifcapable reindex 

ifcapable analyze {
  proc auth {code args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_ANALYZE"} {
      set ::authargs [concat $::authargs [lrange $args 0 3]]
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  do_test auth-1.294 {
    set ::authargs {}
    execsql {
      CREATE TABLE t4(a,b,c);
................................................................................

# Authorization for ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN.
# These tests are omitted if the library
# was built without ALTER TABLE support.
ifcapable {altertable} {
  do_test auth-1.300 {
    execsql {CREATE TABLE t5(x)}
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_OK
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    set x [execsql {SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name='t5'}]
    regexp new_col_1 $x
  } {1}
  do_test auth-1.302 {
    set authargs
  } {main t5 {} {}}
  do_test auth-1.303 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_IGNORE
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    set x [execsql {SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name='t5'}]
    regexp new_col_2 $x
  } {0}
  do_test auth-1.305 {
    set authargs
  } {main t5 {} {}}
  do_test auth-1.306 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE"} {
        set ::authargs [list $arg1 $arg2 $arg3 $arg4]
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    catchsql {
................................................................................
    set authargs
  } {main t5 {} {}}
  execsql {DROP TABLE t5}
} ;# ifcapable altertable

ifcapable {cte} {
  do_test auth-1.310 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      if {$code=="SQLITE_RECURSIVE"} {
        return SQLITE_DENY
      }
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    db eval {
       DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
................................................................................
    WITH RECURSIVE
       auth1314(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT x+1 FROM auth1314 WHERE x<5)
    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN auth1314;
  } {1 {not authorized}}
} ;# ifcapable cte

do_test auth-2.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t3" && $arg2=="x"} {
      return SQLITE_DENY
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  db authorizer ::auth
  execsql {CREATE TABLE t3(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, y, z)}
................................................................................
do_test auth-2.2 {
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,y,z FROM t3}
} {1 {access to t3.x is prohibited}}
do_test auth-2.3 {
  catchsql {SELECT OID,y,z FROM t3}
} {1 {access to t3.x is prohibited}}
do_test auth-2.4 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t3" && $arg2=="x"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  execsql {INSERT INTO t3 VALUES(44,55,66)}
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t3}
} {0 {{} 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.5 {
  catchsql {SELECT rowid,y,z FROM t3}
} {0 {{} 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.6 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t3" && $arg2=="ROWID"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t3}
} {0 {44 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.7 {
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,y,z FROM t3}
} {0 {44 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.8 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="ROWID"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,b,c FROM t2}
} {0 {{} 2 33 {} 8 9}}
................................................................................
  # trying to recompile the statement, the authorization error is encountered.
  # If we do not flush the cache, the correct error message is returned, but
  # the error code is SQLITE_SCHEMA, not SQLITE_ERROR as required by the test
  # case after this one.
  #
  db cache flush

  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg1=="t2" && $arg2=="ROWID"} {
      return bogus
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,b,c FROM t2}
} {1 {authorizer malfunction}}
do_test auth-2.9.2 {
  db errorcode
} {1}
do_test auth-2.10 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_SELECT"} {
      return bogus
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT ROWID,b,c FROM t2}
} {1 {authorizer malfunction}}
do_test auth-2.11.1 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg2=="a"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2, t3}
} {0 {{} 2 33 44 55 66 {} 8 9 44 55 66}}
do_test auth-2.11.2 {
  proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
    if {$code=="SQLITE_READ" && $arg2=="x"} {
      return SQLITE_IGNORE
    }
    return SQLITE_OK
  }
  catchsql {SELECT * FROM t2, t3}
} {0 {11 2 33 {} 55 66 7 8 9 {} 55 66}}

# Make sure the OLD and NEW pseudo-tables of a trigger get authorized.
#
ifcapable trigger {
  do_test auth-3.1 {
    proc auth {code arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 args} {
      return SQLITE_OK
    }
    execsql {
      CREATE TABLE tx(a1,a2,b1,b2,c1,c2);
      CREATE TRIGGER r1 AFTER UPDATE ON t2 FOR EACH ROW BEGIN
        INSERT INTO tx VALUES(OLD.a,NEW.a,OLD.b,NEW.b,OLD.c,NEW.c);